the nordoff robbins evidence bank

127
The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank 3rd Edition, 2014 Music Therapy and Music & Health References and Resources A free online resource by the Nordoff Robbins Research Department www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk/EvidenceBank

Upload: independent

Post on 04-Dec-2023

0 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

The Nordoff Robbins

Evidence Bank

3rd Edition, 2014

Music Therapy and Music & Health

References and Resources

A free online resource by the Nordoff Robbins Research Department

www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk/EvidenceBank

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank

Music Therapy and Music & Health

References and Resources

3rd Edition, February 2014

A free online resource by the Nordoff Robbins Research Department.

Copyright © Nordoff Robbins 2014 All Rights Reserved. No part of this document may be reproduced without

written consent from the Nordoff Robbins Research Department.

Creative Commons Attribution Non-Commercial No Derivatives 3.0 Unported

Nordoff Robbins Research Department

2 Lissenden Gardens, NW5 1PQ, London, United Kingdom

Tel: +44 (0)20 7267 4496

Email: [email protected]

Web: www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank

Music Therapy and Music & Health References and Resources

3rd Edition, February 2014

Contents Pages

Preface to the third edition i-ii

Overview and guidelines iii-iv

Account 1 – Autistic spectrum disorders 1-6

Account 2 – Special educational needs / learning disabilities 7-14

Account 3 – Children and education 15-18

Account 4 – Children and families 19-22

Account 5 – Emotional and behavioural difficulties 23-26

Account 6 – Trauma and abuse 27-30

Account 7 – Addictions and eating disorders 31-34

Account 8 – Mental health 35-42

Account 9 – Neuro-disability and rehabilitation 43-50

Account 10 – Cancer care 51-56

Account 11 – Elderly and dementia care 57-64

Account 12 – Palliative and bereavement care 65-72

Account 13 – Neonatal, paediatric and maternal care 73-78

Account 14 – Prisons and detainee centres 79-82

Account 15 – Medical procedures 83-86

Account 16 – Music therapy and technology 87-90

Account 17 – Music, arts, health and society 91-96

Account 18 – Research ethics 97-100

Account 19 – Research methods and methodologies 101-106

Account 20 – Training and supervision 107-110

Account 21 – Relevant UK policy documents 111-118

ii

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - i -

Preface to the third edition

Welcome to the third edition of the Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank, which once again features a

wide range of music therapy and music and health research references and resources, organised

into a series of ‘Accounts’.

The aim of this web-based publication is to collate research papers and other key sources of

information, to help practitioners locate the resources they need quickly and easily. Following the

success of the first (2010) and second (2012) edition, this third edition provides 21 Accounts with

over a thousand references. This edition also features 3 new Accounts: Neonatal, Paediatric and

Maternal Care (Account 13), Prisons and Detainee Centres (Account 14), and Medical Procedures

(Account 15).

In response to overwhelmingly positive responses and comments from practitioners and

researchers worldwide, we very much hope to continue publishing a new updated edition of the

Evidence Bank every two years.

The web-based Evidence Bank forms part of Nordoff Robbins’ research vision, which is to develop

research-related resources for practitioners, scholars, and those with an interest in music therapy

and music-and-health research. Other Nordoff Robbins research resources – some of which are

freely accessible – include the following:

A Guide to Evaluation for Arts Therapists and Arts & Health Practitioners (2014) by Giorgos Tsiris, Mercédès Pavlicevic and Camilla Farrant.

This guide supports practitioners in their quest to integrate thorough evaluation procedures in their everyday practices, by providing practical guidance for designing, planning and implementing bespoke evaluation projects. Based on the authors' experience of designing and realising evaluation projects and running training workshops, a range of suggestions are offered for developing appropriate timelines and collection tools, ensuring organisational diplomacy, and managing what can be a delicate balance of truth, fact and perception. This guide will help practitioners to evaluate their services and projects by taking into consideration the unique profile of the practice, the workplace, clients, project participants, and sectors. Published by Jessica Kingsley Publishers.

A Guide to Research Ethics for Arts Therapists and Arts & Health

Practitioners

(2014) by Camilla Farrant, Mercédès Pavlicevic and Giorgos Tsiris.

This guide aims to inspire ethically-aware practitioners to become ethically-aware researchers, evaluators and participants. Conducting a research project, whatever the setting, requires not only knowledge of research methods but also an in-depth understanding of research ethics. Embedded in 'real life' experiences of research ethics applications, this guide navigates the reader through research ethics procedures, drawing from legislation and a range of research ethics committee regulations. Although the emphasis is on research, ethical considerations presented in this guide are equally relevant and applicable to other types of enquiry, including monitoring and evaluation projects. Published by Jessica Kingsley Publishers.

International Index of Music Therapy Organisations (IIMTO) (2nd Edition, 2014) by Giorgos Tsiris.

IIMTO is an online, open source mailing directory of music therapy organisations, such as associations and training institutions. A total of over 300 contacts from all over the world are currently provided. Usage guidelines, as well as background and supplementary information (such as links to other indexes and directories), can be found in IIMTO. Available for free on the Nordoff Robbins website.

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - ii -

ii

Nordoff Robbins Plus Research Conference Booklet:

Music and Communication: Music Therapy and Music Psychology (2013) by Neta Spiro, Camilla Farrant, Giorgos Tsiris, Charlotte Cripps and Mercédès Pavlicevic.

This conference booklet contains the abstracts of all the keynotes, responses and poster presentations from the Inaugural Nordoff Robbins Plus Research Conference on music and communication. The conference took place on 20

th September 2013 and

was organised by the Nordoff Robbins Research Department and the Centre for Music and Science, Faculty of Music, University of Cambridge. Available for free on the Nordoff Robbins website.

Mapping Music and Health: A Nordoff Robbins Consultation (2011) by Josie Aston.

This report was commissioned by the Nordoff Robbins Research Department and written by freelance arts manager Josie Aston following a thorough examination of the Music and Health arena in the UK. It is interest to music therapists, music and health practitioners, researchers and trainers. Available for free on the Nordoff Robbins website.

Presenting the Evidence: The Up-to-Date Guide for Music Therapists

Responding to Demands for Clinical Effectiveness and Evidence-Based

Practice

(2nd Edition, 2009) by Mercédès Pavlicevic, Gary Ansdell, Simon Procter & Sarah Hickey.

This guide was originally published in 2004 and has been an internationally successful publication. In 2009 a brand new updated and revised version was published. It has been written as a way of responding to the many music and arts therapists who were asking for guidance in how to respond to their managers’ demands for evidence of ‘clinical effectiveness’, but also for help in making sense of ‘evidence-speak’. Available for free on the Nordoff Robbins website

We would like to thank all colleagues – and especially our research interns Charlotte Cripps and

Tatiana Sobolewska – who helped us to create this updated edition; as well as the researchers

whose dedication and toil contributes to the ongoing development of evidence nationally and

internationally. Without their commitment, the Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank wouldn’t exist!

We hope the Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank continues to be a useful resource for music therapy

and music and health practitioners and researchers; as well as for policy makers, managers and

fundraisers who would like to know more about how and why music works.

The Research Team

Mercédès Pavlicevic, Giorgos Tsiris, Tamar File, Camilla Farrant & Neta Spiro

Nordoff Robbins Research Department

London Centre

February 2014

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank

(3rd Edition, February 2014)

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - iii -

Overview and Guidelines

What is the Evidence Bank? The Nordoff Robbins Research Department sources and updates references to current research in order to support music therapy and music and health practitioners, researchers and students. These references are assembled here into ‘Accounts’, which together constitute the Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank.

The Evidence Bank (3rd

Edition) contains 21 accounts, organised by client group, work site or topic:

Account 1 – Autistic spectrum disorders

Account 2 – Special educational needs / learning disabilities

Account 3 – Children and education

Account 4 – Children and families

Account 5 – Emotional and behavioural difficulties

Account 6 – Trauma and abuse

Account 7 – Addictions and eating disorders

Account 8 – Mental health

Account 9 – Neuro-disability and rehabilitation

Account 10 – Cancer care

Account 11 – Elderly and dementia care

Account 12 – Palliative and bereavement care

Account 13 – Neonatal, paediatric and maternal care NEW!

Account 14 – Prisons and detainee centres NEW!

Account 15 – Medical procedures NEW!

Account 16 – Music therapy and technology

Account 17 – Music, arts, health and society

Account 18 – Research ethics

Account 19 – Research methods and methodologies

Account 20 – Training and supervision

Account 21 – Relevant UK policy documents

The Evidence Bank is available on the Nordoff Robbins website (www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk) as a free download.

What is NEW in the 3rd Edition of the Evidence Bank? This new edition comes with over 1200 references and resources. In addition to updating the pre-existing Accounts, three new Accounts have been introduced:

Account 13 – Neonatal, paediatric and maternal care NEW!

Account 14 – Prisons and detainee centres NEW!

Account 15 – Medical procedures NEW!

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank: Overview and Guidelines

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - iv -

What does each ‘Account’ provide? Each Account includes:

Selected bibliography (1990-2014)

Others useful resources

Journals

Websites

Relevant UK Policy Documents

Some references and resources are relevant for several topics and are therefore included in more than one Account. For faster access to the topics you are looking for type your keyword by using the ‘find’ function of Adobe Reader by pressing ‘CTRL’ and ‘F’ on your keyboard.

What does the Evidence Bank NOT provide? The Evidence Bank…

…does NOT provide the actual papers of articles / texts that are cited;

…does NOT cite all and any available literature relevant to a particular field of practice or client group. It focuses on EVIDENCE – on the basis of research;

…is NOT a complete historical archive. We list selected papers only from 1990 onwards!

Updating the Evidence Bank - your contributions We aim to update the Evidence Bank on a regular basis.

You are invited – and urged – to contribute additional references and resources that fall within the inclusion / exclusion criteria stated above.

Do email your contributions to [email protected]

Are there any copyright considerations? The Evidence Bank is an open resource for music therapy, and music and health practitioners, researchers, students, as well as funders and employers of these practices. However, the Evidence Bank is a copyright-protected publication.

Creative Commons Attribution Non-Commercial No Derivatives 3.0 Unported

Copyright © Nordoff Robbins 2014 All Rights Reserved. No part of this document may be reproduced without written consent from the Nordoff Robbins Research Department. Nordoff Robbins Research Department 2 Lissenden Gardens, NW5 1PQ, London, United Kingdom Tel: +44 (0)20 7267 4496

Web: www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk

Email: [email protected]

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank

(3rd Edition, February 2014)

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 1 -

Account No. 1 Autistic Spectrum Disorders

The Evidence Bank is developed by the Nordoff Robbins Research Department and provides a wealth of

Music Therapy and Music & Health references to research papers, journals, websites and policy

documents. Proposals for new entries can be emailed to: [email protected]

Selected bibliography (1990-2014) Aarons, M., & Gittens, T. (1992). Autism: A Guide for Parents and Professionals. New York: Routledge.

Aldridge, D., Gustorff, D., & Neugebauer, L. (1995). A preliminary study of creative music therapy in the treatment of children with developmental delay. The Arts in Psychotherapy, 22(3), 189-205.

Aldridge, D., Gustroff, D., & Neugebauer, L. (1995). A pilot study of music therapy in the treatment of children with developmental delay. Complementary Therapies in Medicine, 3(4), 197-205.

Allen, R., Davis, R., & Hill, E. (2013). The effects of autism and alexithymia on physiological and verbal responsiveness to music. Journal of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 43(2), 432-444.

Alvin, J., & Warwick, A. (1991). Music Therapy for the Autistic Child. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Bakan, M. B., Koen, B., Kobylarz, F., Morgan, L., Goff, R., Kahn, S., et al. (2008). Following Frank: Response-ability and the co-creation of culture in a medical ethnomusicology program for children on the autism spectrum. Ethnomusicology, 52(2), 163-202.

Bettison, S. (1996). The long-term effects of auditory training on children with autism. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, 26(3), 361-374.

Brown, S. (1994). Autism and music therapy - is change possible and why music? Journal of British Music Therapy, 8(1), 15-25.

Clarkson, G. (2005). I Dreamed I was Normal: A Music Therapist’s Journey Into the Realms of Autism. London: Jessica Kingsley.

De Bruyn, L., Moelants, D., & Leman, M. (2012). An embodied approach to testing musical empathy in participants with an autism spectrum disorder. Music and Medicine, 4(1), 28-36.

DePape, A.-M. R., Hall, G. B., Tillmann, B., & Trainor, L. J. (2012). Auditory processing in high-functioning adolescents with autism spectrum disorder. PloS One, 7(9), Retrieved from www.plosone.org/article/info%3Adoi%2F10.1371%2Fjournal.pone.0044084

Dezfoolian, L., Zarei, M., Ashayeri, H., & Looyeh, M. Y. (2013). A pilot study on the effects of orff-based therapeutic music in children with autism spectrum disorder. Music and Medicine, 5(3), 162-168.

Dimitriadis, T., & Smeijsters, H. (2011). Autistic spectrum disorder and music therapy: Theory underpinning practice. Nordic Journal of Music Therapy, 20(2), 108-122.

Edgerton, C. L. (1994). The effect of improvisational music therapy on the communicative behaviours of autistic children. Journal of Music Therapy, 31(1), 31-62.

Eren, B., DenİZ, J., & DÜZkantar, A. (2013). The effectiveness of embedded teaching through the most-to-least prompting procedure in concept teaching to children with autism within Orff-based music activities. Educational Sciences: Theory & Practice, 13(3), 1877-1885.

Franco, G. (1999). Music and Autism: Vocal Improvisation as Containment of Stereotypes. In T. Wigram & J. Backer (Eds.), Clinical Applications of Music Therapy in Developmental Disability, Paediatrics and Neurology (pp. 93-118). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Gadberry, A. L. (2011). A survey of the use of aided augmentative and alternative communication during music therapy sessions with persons with autism spectrum disorders. Journal of Music Therapy, 48(1), 74-89.

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 1: Autism Spectrum Disorders

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 2 -

Gattino, G. S., Riesgo, R. d. S., Longo, D., Leite, J. C. L., & Faccini, L. S. (2011). Effects of relational music therapy on communication of children with autism: A randomized controlled study. Nordic Journal of Music Therapy, 20(2), 142-154.

Geretsegger, M., Holck, U., & Gold, C. (2012). Randomised controlled trial of improvisational music therapy's effectiveness for children with autism spectrum disorders (TIME-A): Study protocol. BMC Pediatrics, 12(1), Retrieved from www.biomedcentral.com/content/pdf/1471-2431-12-2.pdf

Gold, C., Solli, H., Kruger, V., & Lie, S. (2009). Dose-response relationship in music therapy for people with serious mental disorders: Systematic review and meta-analysis. Clinical Psychology Review, 29(3), 193-207.

Gold, C., Wigram, T., & Elefant, C. (2006). Music therapy for autistic spectrum disorder. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews, 2006(Issue 2), Art. No.: CD004381. DOI: 004310.001002/14651858.CD14004381.pub14651852.

Hardy, M. W., & LaGasse, A. B. (2013). Rhythm, movement, and autism: Using rhythmic rehabilitation research as a model for autism. Frontiers in Integrative Neuroscience, 28(7), 19.

Hillier, A., Greher, G. R., Poto, N., & Dougherty, M. (2012). Positive outcomes following participation in a music intervention for adolescents and young adults on the autism spectrum. Psychology of Music, 40(2), 201-215.

Holck, U. (2004). Turn-taking in music therapy with children with communication disorders. British Journal of Music Therapy, 18(2), 45-54.

Hooper, J., McManus, A., & McIntyre, A. (2004). Exploring the link between music therapy and sensory integration: An individual case study. British Journal of Music Therapy, 18(1), 15-23.

Kaplan, R. S., & Steele, A. L. (2005). An analysis of music therapy program goals and outcomes for clients with diagnoses on the autism spectrum. Journal of Music Therapy, 42(1), 2-19.

Katagiri, J. (2007). The effect of background music and song texts on the emotional understanding of children with autism. Journal of Music Therapy, 46(1), 15-31.

Kern, P. (2004). Making friends in music: Including children with autism in an interactive play setting. Music Therapy Today: A Quarterly Journal of Studies in Music and Music Therapy, 5(4), Retrieved from www.musictherapy.biz/Dr._Petra_Kern/Publications_files/Making%20Friends%20in%20Music_Kern.pdf

Kern, P., & Aldridge, D. (2006). Using embedded music therapy interventions to support outdoor play of young children with autism in an inclusive community-based child care program. Journal of Music Therapy, 43(4), 270-294.

Kern, P., & Humpal, M. (Eds.). (2012). Early Childhood Music Therapy and Autism Spectrum Disorders: Developing Potential in Young Children and Their Families. London: Jessica kingsley.

Kern, P., Wakeford, L., & Aldridge, D. (2007). Improving the performance of a young child with autism during self-care tasks using embedded song interventions: A case study. Music Therapy Perspectives, 25(1), 43-51.

Kern, P., Wolery, M., & Aldridge, D. (2007). Use of songs to promote independence in morning greeting routines for young children with autism. Journal of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 37, 1264-1271.

Kim, J. (2006). The effects of improvisational music therapy on joint attention behaviours in children with autistic spectrum disorder. PhD Thesis, Aalborg University. Retrieved from http://vbn.aau.dk/en/publications/the-effects-of-improvisational-music-therapy-on-joint-attention-behaviours-in-children-with-autistic-spectrum-disorder(b247d332-4985-4efc-8386-ccb6c6ce9160).html

Kim, J. (2013). The trauma of parting: Endings of music therapy with children with autism spectrum disorders. Nordic Journal of Music Therapy, Advance online publication.

Kim, J., Wigram, T., & Gold, C. (2008). The effects of improvisational music therapy on joint attention behaviors in autistic children: A randomized controlled study. Journal of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 38(9), 1758-1766.

Kim, J., Wigram, T., & Gold, C. (2009). Emotional, motivational and interpersonal responsiveness of children with autism in improvisational music therapy. Autism, 13(4), 389-409.

Kostka, M. (1993). A comparison of selected behaviors of a student with autism in special education and regular music classes. Music Therapy Perspectives, 11, 57-60.

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 1: Autism Spectrum Disorders

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 3 -

Lai, G., Pantazatos, S. P., Schneider, H., & Hirsch, J. (2012). Neural systems for speech and song in autism. Brain, 135(3), 961-975.

Lanovaz, M. J., Sladeczek, I. E., & Rapp, J. T. (2012). Effects of noncontingent music on vocal stereotypy and toy manipulation in children with autism spectrum disorders. Behavioral Interventions, 27(4), 207-223.

Lawes, M. (2012). Reporting on outcomes: An adaptation of the AQR-instrument used to evaluate music therapy in autism. Approaches: Music Therapy & Special Music Education, 4(2), 110-120. Retrieved from http://approaches.primarymusic.gr/approaches/content/view/145/165/lang,en/

Levinge, A. (1990). The use of I and me: music therapy with an autistic child. British Journal of Music Therapy, 4(2), 15-17.

Lim, H. A. (2011). Developmental Speech-Language Training through Music for Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders: Theory and Clinical Application. London: Jessica Kingsley.

Lloyd, P. (2007). Let's All Listen: Songs for Group Work in Settings that Include Students with Learning Difficulties and Autism. London: Jessica Kingsley.

Lord, C., Rutter, M., & Le Couteur, A. (1994). Autism Diagnostic Interview-Revised: A revised version of a diagnostic interview for caregivers of individuals with possible pervasive developmental disorders. Journal of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 24, 659-685.

Lundqvist, L.-O., Andersson, G., & Viding, J. (2009). Effects of vibroacoustic music on challenging behaviors in individuals with autism and developmental disabilities. Research in Autism Spectrum Disorders, 3(2), 390-400.

Mehler, J. (2013). Parental perception of music therapy for children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders. Open Access Theses. Paper 425. Retrieved from http://scholarlyrepository.miami.edu/oa_theses/425

Ockelford, A. (2012). Songs Without Words: Exploring How Music Can Serve as a Proxy Language in Social Interaction with Autistic Children. In R. MacDonald, G. Kreutz & L. Mitchell (Eds.), Music, Health, and Wellbeing (pp. 289-323). Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Ong Hai Liaw, J. (2013). Auditory stimulus for children with high functioning autism: Towards reducing developmental disorders and inattentive attitudes. Australian Journal of Basic and Applied Sciences, 7(4), 676-682.

Pine, E., Luby, J., Abbacchi, A., & Constantino, J. (2006). Quantitative assessment of autistic symptomatology in preschoolers. Autism, 10, 344-352.

Porter, S., Holmes, V., McLaughlin, K., Lynn, F., Cardwell, C., Braiden, H.-J., et al. (2012). Music in mind, a randomized controlled trial of music therapy for young people with behavioural and emotional problems: Study protocol. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 68(10), 2349-2358.

Quintin, E.-M., Bhatara, A., Poissant, H., Fombonne, E., & Levitin, D. J. (2011). Emotion perception in music in high-functioning adolescents with autism spectrum disorders. Journal of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 41(9), 1240-1255.

Quintin, E.-M., Bhatara, A., Poissant, H., Fombonne, E., & Levitin, D. J. (2013). Processing of musical structure by high-functioning adolescents with autism spectrum disorders. Child Neuropsychology, 19(3), 250-275.

Raglio, A., Traficante, D., & Oasi, O. (2011). Autism and music therapy: Intersubjective approach and music therapy assessment. Nordic Journal of Music Therapy, 20(2), 123-141.

Reschke-Hernandez, A. E. (2011). History of music therapy treatment interventions for children with autism. Journal of Music Therapy, 48(2), 169-207.

Reschke-Hernandez, A. E. (2012). Music-based intervention reporting for children with autism: Implications for music therapy publication guidelines. Music Therapy Perspectives, 30(2), 167-175.

Robarts, J. (1998). Music Therapy for Children with Autism. In C. Trevarthen, K. Aitken, D. Papoudi & J. Robarts (Eds.), Children with Autism: Diagnosis and Interventions to Meet Their Needs (pp. 172-202). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Rolvsjord, R., Gold, C., & Stige, B. (2005). Research rigour and therapeutic flexibility: Rationale for a therapy manual developed for a randomised controlled trial. Nordic Journal of Music Therapy, 14(1), 15-32.

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 1: Autism Spectrum Disorders

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 4 -

Rossignol, D. (2009). Novel and emerging treatments for autism spectrum disorders: A systematic review. Annals of Clinincal Psychiatry, 21(4), 213-236.

Sandiford, G., Mainess, K., & Daher, N. (2013). A pilot study on the efficacy of melodic based communication therapy for eliciting speech in nonverbal children with autism. Journal of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 43(6), 1298-1307.

Schwartzberg, E. T., & Silverman, M. J. (2012). Effects of pitch, rhythm, and accompaniment on short- and long-term visual recall in children with autism spectrum disorders. The Arts in Psychotherapy, 39(4), 314-320.

Schwartzberg, E. T., & Silverman, M. J. (2013). Effects of music-based social stories on comprehension and generalization of social skills in children with autism spectrum disorders: A randomized effectiveness study. The Arts in Psychotherapy, 40(3), 331-337.

See, C. (2012). The use of music and movement therapy to modify behaviour of children with autism. Pertanika Journal of Social Sciences & Humanities, 20(4), 1103-1116.

Sigman, M., Ruskin, E., Arbeile, S., Corona, R., Dissanayake, C., Espinosa, M., et al. (1999). Continuity and change in the social competence of children with autism, Down syndrome, and developmental delays. Monographs of the Society for Research in Child Development, 64(1), 1-114.

Silverman, S. (2008). Nonverbal communication, music therapy, and autism: A review of literature and case example. Journal of Creativity in Mental Health, 3(1), 3-19.

Sinha, Y., Silove, N., Hayen, A., & Williams, K. (2011). Auditory integration training and other sound therapies for autism spectrum disorders (ASD). Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews(Issue 12. Art. No.: CD003681. PMID: 22161380).

Stanutz, S., Wapnick, J., & Burack, J. (2012 ). Pitch discrimination and melodic memory in children with autism spectrum disorder. Autism, Advance online publication.

Starr, E., & Zenker, K. (1998). Understanding autism in the context of music therapy: Bridging theory and practice. Canadian Journal of Music Therapy, 6(1), 1-19.

Thompson, G., & McFerran, K. S. (2013). “We’ve got a special connection”: Qualitative analysis of descriptions of change in the parent–child relationship by mothers of young children with autism spectrum disorder. Nordic Journal of Music Therapy, Advance online publication.

Thompson, G. A., McFerran, K. S., & Gold, C. (2013). Family-centred music therapy to promote social engagement in young children with severe autism spectrum disorder: A randomized controlled study. Child: Care, Health and Development, Advance online publication.

Trevarthen, C., Aitken, K., Papoudi, D., & Robarts, J. (Eds.). (1998). Children with Autism: Diagnosis and Interventions to Meet their Needs. London and Philadelphia: Jessica Kingsley.

Ukoumunne, O., Gulliford, M., Chinn, S., Sterne, J., & Burney, P. (1999). Methods for evaluating area-wide and organisation-based interventions in health and health care: A systematic review. Health Technology Assessment, 3(5), iii-92.

Warnock, T. (2012). Vocal connections: How voicework in music therapy helped a young girl with severe learning disabilities and autism to engage in her learning Approaches: Music Therapy & Special Music Education, 4(2), 85-92. Retrieved from http://approaches.primarymusic.gr/approaches/content/view/45/65/lang,en/ .

Warwick, Α. (1995). Music Therapy in the Education Service: Research with Autistic Children and their Mothers. In T. Wigram, B. Saperston & R. West (Eds.), The Art and Science of Music Therapy: A Handbook (pp. 209-225). Chur: Harwood Academic.

Whipple, J. (2004). Music in intervention for children and adolescents with autism: A meta-analysis. Journal of Music Therapy, 41(2), 90-106.

Wigram, T. (2002). Indications in music therapy: Evidence from assessment that can identify the expectations of music therapy as a treatment for autistic spectrum disorder (ASD); meeting the challenge of evidence based practice. British Journal of Music Therapy, 16(1), 11-28.

Wigram, T., & DeBacker, J. (Eds.). (1999). Clinical Applications of Music Therapy in Developmental Disability, Pediatrics and Neurology. London: Jessica Kingsley.

Wigram, T., & Elefant, C. (2008). Therapeutic Dialogues in Music: Nurturing Musicality of Communication in Children with Autistic Spectrum Disorder and Rett Syndrome. In C. Trevarthen & S. Malloch (Eds.), Communicative Musicality (pp. 423-446). Oxford: Oxford University Press.

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 1: Autism Spectrum Disorders

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 5 -

Wigram, T., & Gold, C. (2006). Music therapy in the assessment and treatment of autistic spectrum, disorder: Clinical application and research evidence. Child: Care, Health and Development, 32(5), 535-542.

Woodward, A. (2004). Music therapy for autistic children and their families: A creative spectrum. British Journal of Music Therapy, 18(1), 8-24.

Other useful resources

Journals

Autism: The International Journal of Research and Practice

Autism Research

Focus on Autism and Other Developmental Disabilities

Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders

Research in Autism Spectrum Disorders

Websites

Autism Independent UK (SFTAH), www.autismuk.com

Autism Research Centre, www.autismresearchcentre.com

Autistic Self Advocacy Network (ASAN), www.autisticadvocacy.org

Autism Speaks, www.autismspeaks.org

British Association for Music Therapy: Autistic Spectrum Conditions Network (membership / password required), www.bamt.org/british-association-for-music-therapy-members/british-association-for-music-therapy-networks/autistic-spectrum-conditions-network.html

National Autism Association, www.nationalautismassociation.org

The National Autistic Society (NAS), www.nas.org.uk

Research Autism: Improving the Quality of Life, www.researchautism.net

Relevant UK Policy Documents

‘Fulfilling and Rewarding Lives’: The Strategy for Adults with Autism in England (Department of Health, august 2011) www.dh.gov.uk/health/2011/08/autism-strategy/

‘Fulfilling and Rewarding Lives’: The Strategy for Adults with Autism in England (Department of Health, March 2010) http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/20130107105354/http://www.dh.gov.uk/prod_consum_dh/groups/dh_digitalassets/@dh/@en/@ps/documents/digitalasset/dh_113405.pdf

Services for Adults with Autistic Spectrum Conditions (ASC): Good Practice Advice for Primary Care Trust and Local Authority Commissioners (Department of Health, April 2009) http://www.nwtdt.com/Events/May09/DH%20guidelines%20commissoning%20Autism.pdf

‘A Better Future’: A Consultation on a Future Strategy for Adults with Autistic Spectrum Conditions (Department of Health, December 2009) http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/20130107105354/http://www.dh.gov.uk/prod_consum_dh/groups/dh_digitalassets/documents/digitalasset/dh_098604.pdf

ASD Good Practice Guidance (Department of Education, December 2006) http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/20130401151715/https://www.education.gov.uk/publications/eOrderingDownload/ES12-2010.pdf

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 1: Autism Spectrum Disorders

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 6 -

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank

(3rd Edition, February 2014)

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 7 -

Account No. 2 Special Educational Needs and

Learning Disabilities

The Evidence Bank is developed by the Nordoff Robbins Research Department and provides a wealth of

Music Therapy and Music & Health references to research papers, journals, websites and policy

documents. Proposals for new entries can be emailed to: [email protected]

Selected bibliography (1990-2014) Abad, V. (2002). Sing and grow: Helping young children and their families grow together through music

therapy early intervention programs in community settings. The New Zealand Journal of Music Therapy, 36-50.

Aldridge, D., Gustorff, D., & Neugebauer, L. (1995). A preliminary study of creative music therapy in the treatment of children with developmental delay. The Arts in Psychotherapy, 22(3), 189-205.

Aldridge, D., Gustroff, D., & Neugebauer, L. (1995). A pilot study of music therapy in the treatment of children with developmental delay. Complementary Therapies in Medicine, 3(4), 197-205.

Alvin, J., & Warwick, A. (1991). Music Therapy for the Autistic Child. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Azeredo, M. (2007). Real-time composition of image and sound in the (re)habilitation of children with special needs: A case study of a child with cerebral palsy. Digital Creativity, 18(2), 115-120.

Bang, C. (2009). A world of sound and music: Music therapy for deaf, hearing impaired and multi-handicapped children and adolescents. Approaches: Music Therapy & Special Music Education, 1(2), 93-103. Retrieved from http://approaches.primarymusic.gr/approaches/journal/Approaches_1(2)_2009/Approaches_1(2)2009_Bang_Review.pdf

Bates, R. (2006). Providing Emotional Space: Music Therapy in an Educational Framework. In A. Paterson & S. Zimmermann (Eds.), No Need for Words: Special Needs in Music Education. Matlock: National Association of Music Educators.

Bertolami, M. D., & Martino, L. A. (2002). Music therapy in a private school for visually impaired and multiply handicapped children. Voices: A World Forum for Music Therapy, 2(1), Retrieved from https://normt.uib.no/index.php/voices/article/viewArticle/69/59

Brown, S. (1994). Autism and music therapy - is change possible and why music? Journal of British Music Therapy, 8(1), 15-25.

Bunnell, T. (2007). Music Makes a Difference: A Practical Guide to Developing Music Sessions with People with Learning Disabilities. Keswick: M&K Update.

Bunt, L. (2003). Music therapy with children: A complementary service to music education? British Journal of Music Education, 20(2), 179-195.

Chase, K. M. (2004). Music therapy assessment for children with developmental disabilities: A survey study. Journal of Music Therapy, 41(1), 28-54.

Cogo-Moreira, H., de Ávila, C. R. B., Ploubidis, G. B., & Mari, J. d. J. (2013). Effectiveness of music education for the improvement of reading skills and academic achievement in young poor readers: A pragmatic cluster-randomized, controlled clinical trial. PLoS ONE, 8(3), Retrieved from www.plosone.org/article/info%3Adoi%2F10.1371%2Fjournal.pone.0059984

Colwell, C. M. (2013). Simulating disabilities as a tool for altering individual perceptions of working with children with special needs. International Journal of Music Education, 31(1), 68-77.

Dorothea, P. (2012). Music therapy for children with down syndrome: Perceptions of caregivers in a special school setting. Kairaranga: The New Zealand Journal of Education, 13(1), 36-43.

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 2: Special Educational Needs and Learning Disabilities

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 8 -

Dykens, E. M., Rosner, B. A., Ly, T., & Sagun, J. (2005). Music and anxiety in Williams syndrome: A harmonious or discordant relationship? American Journal on Mental Retardation, 110(5), 346-358.

Edgerton, C. L. (1994). The effect of improvisational music therapy on the communicative behaviours of autistic children. Journal of Music Therapy, 31(1), 31-62.

Elefant, C., & Wigram, T. (2005). Learning ability in children with Rett syndrome. Brain & Development, 27(97-101).

Eugster, M. (2007). An investigation into time relationships in co-improvisation with children having epileptic fits. British Journal of Music Therapy, 21(2), 68-77.

Fragkouli, A. (2013). Music therapy in special schools: The assessment of the quality of relationship. Approaches: Music Therapy & Special Music Education, 5(2), 152-165. Retrieved from http://approaches.primarymusic.gr/approaches/content/view/49/70/lang,en/

Franco, G. (1999). Music and Autism: Vocal Improvisation as Containment of Stereotypes. In T. Wigram & J. Backer (Eds.), Clinical Applications of Music Therapy in Developmental Disability, Paediatrics and Neurology (pp. 93-118). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Gerrity, K. W., Hourigan, R. M., & Horton, P. W. (2013). Conditions That facilitate music learning among students with special needs: A mixed-methods inquiry. Journal of Research in Music Education, 61(2), 144-159.

Gold, C., Wigram, T., & Elefant, C. (2006). Music therapy for autistic spectrum disorder. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews, 2006(Issue 2), Art. No.: CD004381. DOI: 004310.001002/14651858.CD14004381.pub14651852.

Gooding, L., Hudson, M., & Yinger, O. (2013). Students with special needs in the 21st century music classroom: Practices and perceptions of Orff- and non-Orff trained educators Approaches: Music Therapy & Special Music Education, 5(2), 166-174. Retrieved from http://approaches.primarymusic.gr/approaches/journal/Approaches_5(2)_2013_Special_Issue/Approaches_5(2)2013_Gooding%20et%20al_Article.pdf

Goodman, K. (2007). Music Therapy Groupwork with Special Needs Children. Springfield, IL: Charles C Thomas.

Holck, U. (2004). Turn-taking in music therapy with children with communication disorders. British Journal of Music Therapy, 18(2), 45-54.

Hooper, J. (1993). Developing Interaction through Shared Musical Experiences. A Strategy to Enhance and Validate the Descriptive Approach. In M. Heal & T. Wigram (Eds.), Music Therapy in Health and Education (pp. 208-213). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Hooper, J. (2001). Overcoming the problems of deinstitutionalization: Using music activities to encourage interaction between four adults with a developmental disability. Music Therapy Perspectives, 19(2), 121-127.

Hooper, J. (2002). Using music to develop peer interaction: An examination of the response of two subjects with a learning disability. British Journal of Learning Disabilities, 30(4), 166-170.

Hooper, J., & Lindsay, B. (1990). Music and the mentally handicapped: The effect of music on anxiety. British Journal of Music Therapy, 4(2), 18-26.

Hooper, J., & Lindsay, B. (1992). Improving the quality of life through music: A case study. Mental Handicap, 20(1), 27-30.

Hooper, J., & Lindsay, B. (1997). The Use of the Somatron on the Treatment of Anxiety Problems with Clients who Have Learning Disabilities. In C. D. T. Wigram (Ed.), Music, Vibration and Health. Cherry Hill, NJ: Jeffrey Books.

Hooper, J., Lindsay, B., & Richardson, I. (1991). Recreation and music therapy: An experimental study. Journal of British Music Therapy, 5(2), 10-13.

Hooper, J., Wigram, T., Carson, D., & Lindsay, B. (2011). The practical implication of comparing how adults with and without intellectual disability respond to music. British Journal of Learning Disabilities, 39(1), 22-28.

Jackson, N. A. (2003). A survey of music therapy methods and their role in the treatment of early elementary school children with ADHD. Journal of Music Therapy, 40(4), 302-323.

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 2: Special Educational Needs and Learning Disabilities

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 9 -

Jentschke, S., Koelsch, S., Sallat, S., & Friederici, A. D. (2008). Children with specific language impairment also show impairment of music-syntactic processing. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 20(11), 1940-1951.

Kaiser, K., & Johnson, K. (2000). The effect of an interactive experience on music majors' perceptions of music for deaf students. The Journal of Music Therapy, 37(3), 222-234.

Kern, P., Wakeford, L., & Aldridge, D. (2007). Improving the performance of a young child with autism during self-care tasks using embedded song interventions: A case study. Music Therapy Perspectives, 25(1), 43-51.

Kern, P., Wolery, M., & Aldridge, D. (2007). Use of songs to promote independence in morning greeting routines for young children with autism. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, 37, 1264-1271.

Kostka, M. (1993). A comparison of selected behaviors of a student with autism in special education and regular music classes. Music Therapy Perspectives, 11, 57-60.

Lee, J.-y., & McFerran, K. (2012). The improvement of non-verbal communication skills of five females with profound and multiple disabilities using song-choices in music therapy. Voices: A World Forum for Music Therapy, 12(3), Retrieved from https://normt.uib.no/index.php/voices/article/viewArticle/644

Levinge, A. (1990). The use of I and me: Music therapy with an autistic child. British Journal of Music Therapy, 4(2), 15-17.

Lloyd, P. (2007). Let's All Listen: Songs for Group Work in Settings that Include Students with Learning Difficulties and Autism. London: Jessica Kingsley.

Magee, W., & Bowen, C. (2008). Using music in leisure to enhance social relationships with patients with complex disabilities. NeuroRehabilitation, 23(4), 305-311.

McFerran, K., & Rickson, D. (2007). Music therapy in special education: Where are we now? Kairaranga: The New Zealand Journal of Education 8(1), 40-47.

McFerran, K., & Shanahan, E. (2011). Music therapy practice in special education and children's hospice: A systematic comparison of two music therapists' strategies with three preadolescent boys. Music Therapy Perspectives, 29(2), 103-111.

McFerran, K., & Shoemark, H. (2013). How musical engagement promotes well-being in education contexts: The case of a young man with profound and multiple disabilities. International Journal of Qualitative Studies on Health & Well-Being, 8, 1-14.

Montello, L., & Coons, E. E. (1999). Effects of active versus passive group music therapy on preadolescents with emotional, learning, and behavioral disorders. Journal of Music Therapy, 35(1), 49-67.

Mosconi, M. W., & al., e. (2008). The social orienting continuum and response Scale (SOC-RS): A dimentional measure for preschool-aged children. Journal of Autism Development Disorders, 39(2), 242-250.

Mrázová, M., & Celec, P. (2010). A systematic review of randomized controlled trials using music therapy for children. Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine, 16(10), 1089-1095.

Nelson, D., Anderson, V., & Gonzales, A. (1984). Music activities as therapy for children with autism and other pervasive developmental disorders. Journal of Music Therapy, XXI(3), 100-116.

Nicholls, T. (2002). 'Could I Play a Different Role?': Group Music Therapy with Severely Learning Disabled Adolescents. In A. Davies & E. Richards (Eds.), Music Therapy and Group Work: Sound Company (pp. 231-246). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Nicholson, J. M., Berthelsen, D., Abad, V., Williams, K., & Bradley, J. (2008). Impact of music therapy to promote positive parenting and child development. Journal of Health Psychology, 13(2), 226-238.

Nordoff, P., & Robbins, C. (1992). Therapy in Music for Handicapped Children. London: Gollancz.

Ockelford, A. (2008). Music for Children and Young People with Complex Needs. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Ockelford, A. (2012). Songs Without Words: Exploring How Music Can Serve as a Proxy Language in Social Interaction with Autistic Children. In R. MacDonald, G. Kreutz & L. Mitchell (Eds.), Music, Health, and Wellbeing (pp. 289-323). Oxford: Oxford University Press.

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 2: Special Educational Needs and Learning Disabilities

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 10 -

Ockelford, A., & Welch, G. (2012). Mapping Musical Development in Learners with the Most Complex Needs: The Sounds of Intent Project. In G. McPherson & G. Welch (Eds.), The Oxford Handbook of Music Education (Volume 2) (pp. 11-30). Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Oldfield, A. (2006). Interactive Music Therapy in Child and Family Psychiatry. London: Jessica Kingsley.

Oldfield, A., Adams, M., & Bunce, L. (2003). An investigation into short-term music therapy with mothers and young children. British Journal of Music Therapy, 17(1), 26-45.

Oldfield, A., & Bunce, L. (2001). 'Mummy can play too...' Short-term music therapy with mothers and young children. British Journal of Music Therapy, 15(1), 27-36.

Oldfield, A., & Flower, C. (Eds.). (2008). Music Therapy with Children and their Families. London: Jessica Kingsley.

Oliveros, P., Miller, L., Heyen, J., Siddall, G., & Hazard, S. (2011). A musical improvisation interface for people with severe physical disabilities. Music and Medicine, 3(3), 172-181.

Orita, M., Hayashida, N., Shinkawa, T., Kudo, T., Koga, M., Togo, M., et al. (2012). Monitoring the autonomic nervous activity as the objective evaluation of music therapy for severely and multiply disabled children. The Tohoku Journal of Experimental Medicine, 227(3), 185-189.

Osborne, J. (2003). Art and the child with autism: Therapy or education? Early Child Development and Care, 173(4), 411-423.

Ouellet, S. (2012). Music therapy as support in the development of a child with Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD). Canadian Journal of Music Therapy, 18(1), 79-90.

Pavlicevic, M., O'Neil, N., Powell, H., Jones, O., & Sampathianaki, E. (2013). Making music, making friends: Long-term music therapy with young adults with severe learning disabilities. Journal of Intellectual Disabilities, Advance online publication.

Perry, M. M. R. (2003). Relating improvisational music therapy with severely and multiply disabled children to communication development. Journal of Music Therapy, 40(3), 227-246.

Perry, M. R. (2011). Having another look at cerebral palsy: Current definitions and classification systems. Voices: A World Forum for Music Therapy, 11(1), Retrieved from https://normt.uib.no/index.php/voices/article/view/290/443

Pienaar, D. (2012). Music therapy for children with down syndrome: Perceptions of caregivers in a special school setting. Kairaranga: The New Zealand Journal of Education, 13(1), 36-43.

Procter, S. (2006). Music Therapy: Why not in Education? In A. Paterson & S. Zimmermann (Eds.), No Need for Words: Special Needs in Music Education. Matlock: National Association of Music Educators.

Rickson, D. (1993). The use of music to facilitate communication with children aged 0-7 years with severe or profound congenital hearing loss. The New Zealand Journal of Music Therapy, 3-29.

Rickson, D. (1995). Healing families: The music therapist’s role in early intervention programmes. The New Zealand Journal of Music Therapy, 26-35.

Rickson, D. (1997). The music therapist working in New Zealand schools with children who have disabilities. The New Zealand Journal of Music Therapy, 44-53.

Rickson, D. (2012). Music therapy school consultation: A unique practice. Nordic Journal of Music Therapy, 21(3), 268-285.

Robarts, J. (1998). Music Therapy for Children with Autism. In C. Trevarthen, K. Aitken, D. Papoudi & J. Robarts (Eds.), Children with Autism: Diagnosis and Interventions to Meet their Needs (pp. 172-202). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Stalker, K. (1998). Some ethical and methodological issues in research with people with learning difficulties. Disability and Society, 13(1), 5-19.

Standley, J., & Hughes, J. (1997). Evaluation of an early intervention music curriculum for enhancing pre-reading/writing skills. Music Therapy Perspectives, 15(2), 79-86.

Standley, J., & Jones, J. (2007). Music Techniques in Therapy, Counseling, and Special Education (3rd Edition). Silver Spring, IL: American Music Therapy Association.

Standley, J. M., & Hughes, J. E. (1996). Documenting developmentally appropriate objectives and benefits of a music therapy program for early intervention: A behavioral analysis. Music Therapy Perspectives, 14(2), 87-94.

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 2: Special Educational Needs and Learning Disabilities

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 11 -

Starr, E., & Zenker, K. (1998). Understanding autism in the context of music therapy: Βridging theory and practice. Canadian Journal of Music Therapy, 6(1), 1-19.

Stephenson, J. (2006). Music therapy and the education of students with severe disabilities. Education and Training in Developmental Disabilities, 41(3), 290-299.

Stevenson, K. (2003). Music therapy assisted communication with children with severe disabilities. The New Zealand Journal of Music Therapy, 82-92.

Sutton, J. (2002). Preparing a Potential Space for a Group of Children with Special Needs. In A. Davies & E. Richards (Eds.), Music Therapy and Group Work: Sound Company (pp. 189-201). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Tomlinson, J., Derrington, P., & Oldfield, A. (Eds.). (2012). Music Therapy in Schools: Working with Children of All Ages in Mainstream and Special Education. London: Jessica Kingsley.

Toolan, P., & Coleman, S. (1994). Music therapy, a description of process: Engagement and avoidance in five people with learning disabilities. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research, 38, 433-444.

Toolan, P., & Coleman, S. (1995). Music therapy, adscription of process: Engagement and avoidance in five people with learning disabilities. British Journal of Music Therapy, 9(1), 17-24.

Trevarthen, C., Aitken, K., Papoudi, D., & Robarts, J. (Eds.). (1998). Children with Autism: Diagnosis and Interventions to Meet their Needs. London: Jessica Kingsley.

Twyford, K. (2012). Getting to know you: Peer and staff perceptions of involvement in inclusive music therapy groups with students with special educational needs in mainstream school settings. The New Zealand Journal of Music Therapy, 10, 39-73.

Tyler, H. (2002). Working, Playing and Relating - Issues in Group Music Therapy for Children with Special Needs. In A. Davies & E. Richards (Eds.), Music Therapy and Group Work: Sound Company (pp. 216-230). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Vogiatzoglou, A., Ockelford, A., Welch, G., & Himonides, E. (2011). Sounds of intent: Interactive software to assess the musical development of children and young people with complex needs. Music and Medicine, 3(3), 189-195.

Walsh, R. (1997). When having means losing: Music therapy with a young adolescent with a learning disability and emotional and behavioural difficulties. British Journal of Music Therapy, 11(1), 13-19.

Warwick, Α. (1995). Music Therapy in the Education Service: Research with Autistic Children and their Mothers. In T. Wigram, B. Saperston & R. West (Eds.), The Art and Science of Music Therapy: A Handbook (pp. 209-225). Chur: Harwood Academic.

Watson, T. (Ed.). (2007). Music Therapy with Adults with Learning Disabilities. Hove: Routledge.

Whipple, J. (2004). Music in intervention for children and adolescents with autism: A meta-analysis. Journal of Music Therapy, 41(2), 90-106.

Wigram, T. (2002). Indications in music therapy: Evidence from assessment that can identify the expectations of music therapy as a treatment for autistic spectrum disorder (ASD); meeting the challenge of evidence based practice. British Journal of Music Therapy, 16(1), 11-28.

Wigram, T., & DeBacker, J. (Eds.). (1999). Clinical Applications of Music Therapy in Developmental Disability, Pediatrics and Neurology. London: Jessica Kingsley.

Wigram, T., & Gold, C. (2006). Music therapy in the assessment and treatment of autistic spectrum, disorder: Clinical application and research evidence. Child: Care, Health and Development, 32(5), 535-542.

Wigram, T., & Lawrence, M. (2005). Music therapy as a tool for assessing hand use and communicativeness in children with Rett Syndrome. Brain & Development, 27, 95-96.

Woodward, A. (2004). Music therapy for autistic children and their families: A creative spectrum. British Journal of Music Therapy, 18(1), 8-24.

Wu, L. X., Yu, H. B., & Liu, Y. F. (2008). Combined treatment using acupuncture and music therapy on children with cerebral palsy: Gross motor function measure comparison in 60 cases. Neural Regeneration Research, 3(6), 694-696.

Yasuhara, A., & Sugiyama, Y. (2001). Music therapy for children with Rett syndrome. Brain & Development, 23, 82-84.

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 2: Special Educational Needs and Learning Disabilities

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 12 -

Other useful resources

Journals

Autism: The International Journal of Research and Practice

British Journal of Learning Disabilities

Disability and Society

European Journal of Special Educational Needs

International Journal of Disability, Development and Education

International Journal of Special Education

Journal of Disability Policy Studies

Journal of Intellectual Disability Research

Journal of Learning Disabilities

Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders

Journal of Research in Special Educational Needs

Websites

Autistic Self Advocacy Network (ASAN), www.autisticadvocacy.org

Autism Speaks, www.autismspeaks.org

British Association for Music Therapy: Learning Disability Network (membership / password required), www.bamt.org/british-association-for-music-therapy-members/british-association-for-music-therapy-networks/learning-disability-network.html

British Institute of Learning Disabilities, www.bild.org.uk

Contact a Family, www.cafamily.org.uk

The Disability Benefits Consortium (DBC), http://disabilitybenefitsconsortium.wordpress.com/

Disability Rights, www.disabilityrightsuk.org

Foundation for People with Learning Disabilities, www.learningdisabilties.org.uk

Learning Disability, http://www.learningdisabilities.org.uk

Mencap, www.mencap.org.uk

National Autism Association, www.nationalautismassociation.org

The National Autistic Society (NAS), www.autism.org.ukPeople First, www.peoplefirst.com

PMLD Network, www.pmldnetwork.org

Teaching LD, www.teachingld.org

Turning Point, www.turning-point.co.uk

United Response, www.unitedresponse.org.uk

Relevant UK Policy Documents

Support and Aspiration: A New Approach to Special Educational Needs And Disability (Department of Health, June 2011) www.official-documents.gov.uk/document/cm80/8027/8027.pdf

Valuing People Now: The Delivery Plan 2010-2011 ‘Making It Happen For Everyone’ (Department of Health) http://base-uk.org/sites/base-uk.org/files/[user-raw]/11-06/valuing_people_now_delivery_plan_2010-11.pdf

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 2: Special Educational Needs and Learning Disabilities

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 13 -

Valuing People Now Summary Report: March 2009 - September 2010 (Department of Health, December 2010) www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/215891/dh_122387.pdf

Special Educational Needs (SEN): A Guide For Parents/Carers (Department of Education, 2009) http://media.education.gov.uk/assets/files/pdf/s/4163_a5_sen_guide_web4.pdf

Removing Barriers to Achievement: The Government’s Strategy for SEN (Department of Education, 2004) http://media.education.gov.uk/assets/files/pdf/r/removing%20barriers%20to%20achievement.pdf

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 2: Special Educational Needs and Learning Disabilities

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 14 -

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank

(3rd Edition, February 2014)

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 15 -

Account No. 3 Children and Education

The Evidence Bank is developed by the Nordoff Robbins Research Department and provides a wealth of

Music Therapy and Music & Health references to research papers, journals, websites and policy

documents. Proposals for new entries can be emailed to: [email protected]

Selected bibliography (1990-2014) Akombo, D. (2013). Effects of community African drumming on generalised anxiety in teenagers

Approaches: Music Therapy & Special Music Education, 5(1), 25-33. Retrieved from http://approaches.primarymusic.gr/approaches/content/view/47/67/lang,en

Algie, P. (2012). An exploration of the relationship between TEACCH and a music therapy student's practice in a special education setting. Master Thesis, The New Zealand School of Music. Retrieved from http://researcharchive.vuw.ac.nz/xmlui/handle/10063/2152

Baker, F., & Krout, R. (2012). Turning experience into learning: Educational contributions of collaborative peer songwriting during music therapy training. International Journal of Music Education, 30(2), 133-147.

Ballantyne, J., & Baker, F. A. (2013). Leading together, learning together: Music education and music therapy students’ perceptions of a shared practicum. Research Studies in Music Education, 35(1), 67-82.

Bertolami, M. D., & Martino, L. A. (2002). Music therapy in a private school for visually impaired and multiply handicapped children. Voices: A World Forum for Music Therapy, 2(1), Retrieved from https://normt.uib.no/index.php/voices/article/viewArticle/69/59

Brackley, J. (2012). Music Therapy and the Expression of Anger and Aggression: Working with Aggressive Behavior in Children Aged Five to Nine who Risk Mainstream School Exclusion. In J. Tomlinson, P. Derrington & A. Oldfield (Eds.), Music Therapy in Schools: Working with Children of All Ages in Mainstream and Special Education (pp. 89-102). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Bunt, L. (2003). Music therapy with children: A complementary service to music education? British Journal of Music Education, 20(2), 179-195.

Carr, C., & Wigram, T. (2009). Music therapy with children and adolescents in mainstream schools: A systematic review. British Journal of Music Education, 23(1), 3-18.

Chester, K. K., Holmberg, T. K., Lawrence, M. P., & Thurmond, L. L. (1999). A program-based consultative music therapy model for public schools. Music Therapy Perspectives, 17, 82-91.

Cogo-Moreira, H., Andriolo, R. B., Yazigi, L., Ploubidis, G. B., Brandão de Ávila, C. R., & Mari, J. J. (2012). Music education for improving reading skills in children and adolescents with dyslexia. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews, 8.

Cogo-Moreira, H., de Avila, C. R. B., Ploubidis, G. B., & de Jesus Mari, J. (2013). Effectiveness of music education for the improvement of reading skills and academic achievement in young poor readers: a pragmatic cluster-randomized, controlled clinical trial. PloS One, 8(3), Retrieved from http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC3609825/

Corona, F., Perrotta, F., Flammia, A., & Cozzarelli, C. (2012). Music therapy a special mediator for the school integration. Journal of Education, 2(1), 36-40.

Dana, R. M., & Ioan, S. (2013). Developing children's singing aptitudes using music therapy. Procedia - Social and Behavioral Sciences, 82(3), 818-823.

Darrow, A.-A. (2013). Music therapy and special music education: Interdisciplinary dialogues (Alice-Ann Darrow interviewed by Giorgos Tsiris). Approaches: Music Therapy & Special Music Education, 5(1), 12-17. Retrieved from http://approaches.primarymusic.gr/approaches/content/view/47/67/lang,en/

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 3: Children and Education

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 16 -

Daveson, B., & Edwards, J. (1998). A role for music therapy in special education. International Journal of Disability, Development and Education, 45(4), 449-457.

Davies, A., & Richards, E. (Eds.). (2002). Music Therapy and Group Work. London: Jessica Kingsley.

Derrington, P. (2012). 'Yeah I'll Do Music!' Working with Secondary-aged Students Who Have Complex Emotional and Behavioral Difficulties. In J. Tomlinson, P. Derrington & A. Oldfield (Eds.), Music Therapy in Schools: Working with Children of All Ages in Mainstream and Special Education (pp. 195-211). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Hooper, J. (2001). Overcoming the problems of deinstitutionalization: Using music activities to encourage interaction between four adults with a developmental disability. Music Therapy Perspectives, 19(2), 121-127.

Howden, S. (2008). Music Therapy with Traumatised Children and their Families in Mainstream Primary Schools: A Case Study. In A. Oldfield & C. Flower (Eds.), Music Therapy with Children and their Families (pp. 103-120). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Hunt, M. (2005). Action research and music therapy: Group music therapy with young refugees in a school community. Voices: A World Forum for Music Therapy, 5(2), Retrieved from https://normt.uib.no/index.php/voices/article/viewArticle/223/167

Jackson, N. A. (2003). A survey of music therapy methods and their role in the treatment of early elementary school children with ADHD. Journal of Music Therapy, 40(4), 302-323.

Kostka, M. (1993). A comparison of selected behaviors of a student with autism in special education and regular music classes. Music Therapy Perspectives, 11(57-60).

McFerran, K., & Elefant, C. (2012). A Fresh Look at Music Therapy in Special Education. In G. McPherson & G. Velch (Eds.), The Oxford Handbook of Music Education (Volume 2) (pp. 51-64). Oxford: Oxford University Press.

McFerran, K., & Hunt, M. (2008). Learning from experiences in action: Music in schools to promote healthy coping with grief and loss. Educational Action Research, 16(1), 43-54.

McFerran, K., & Rickson, D. (2007). Music therapy in special education: Where are we now? The New Zealand Journal of Education, 8(1), 40-47.

McFerran, K., & Stephenson, J. (2006). Music therapy in special education: Do we need more evidence? . British Journal of Music Therapy, 20(2), 121-128.

Mrázová, M., & Celec, P. (2010). A systematic review of randomized controlled trials using music therapy for children. Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine, 16(10), 1089-1095.

Northey, T. (2013). What happens when the musicians leave? Case study of a Jessie’s Fund project to develop teachers’ skills and confidence. Approaches: Music Therapy & Special Music Education, 5(1), 43-49. Retrieved from http://approaches.primarymusic.gr/approaches/content/view/47/67/lang,en/

Ockelford, A., & Markou, K. (2012). Music Education and Therapy for Children and Young People with Cognitive Impairments: Reporting on a Decade of Research. In R. MacDonald, G. Kreutz & L. Mitchell (Eds.), Music, Health, and Wellbeing (pp. 383-404). Oxford: Oxford University Press.

O'Connor, S., & Kathleen, T. (2013). A playground: Supporting interactions of children with autism through music therapy groups in a special education classroom. Master Thesis, The New Zealand School of Music. Retrieved from http://hdl.handle.net/10063/3048

Oliveros, P., Miller, L., Heyen, J., Siddall, G., & Hazard, S. (2011). A musical improvisation interface for people with severe physical disabilities. Music and Medicine, 3(3), 172-181.

Perry, M. R. (2011). Having another look at cerebral palsy: Current definitions and classification systems. Voices: A World Forum for Music Therapy, 11(1), Retrieved from https://normt.uib.no/index.php/voices/article/view/290/443

Pienaar, D. (2012). Music therapy for children with Down syndrome: Perceptions of caregivers in a special school setting. Kairaranga, 13(1), 36-43.

Procter, S. (2006). Music Therapy: Why Not in Education? In A. Paterson & S. Zimmermann (Eds.), No Need for Words: Special Needs in Music Education. Matlock: National Association of Music Educators.

Rickson, D. (1997). The music therapist working in New Zealand schools with children who have disabilities. The New Zealand Journal of Music Therapy, 44-53.

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 3: Children and Education

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 17 -

Rickson, D. (2007). Music therapy in special education: Do we need more evidence? A response to Katrina McFerran and Jennifer Stephenson. British Journal of Music Education, 21(1), 28-29.

Robertson, J. (2000). An educational model for music therapy: The case for a continuum. British Journal of Music Education, 14(1), 41-46.

Rosscornes, C., & Davies, E. (2012). Setting up and Developing Music Therapy at a Children's Centre, for Pre-school Children and their Families and Carers. In J. Tomlinson, P. Derrington & A. Oldfield (Eds.), Music Therapy in Schools: Working with Children of All Ages in Mainstream and Special Education (pp. 19-32). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Shafer, K. S., & Silverman, M. J. (2013). Applying a social learning theoretical framework to music therapy as a prevention and intervention for bullies and victims of bullying. The Arts in Psychotherapy, 40(5), 495-500.

Sharma, M. (2012). Academic functioning of slow learners: A therapeutic music intervention. Music and Medicine, 4(4), 215-220.

Silverman, M. J. (2013). Effects of family-based educational music therapy on acute care psychiatric patients and their family members: An exploratory mixed-methods study. Nordic Journal of Music Therapy, Advance onlinc publication.

Sousa, C., Goncalves, M., Machado, J., Efferth, T., Greten, T., Froeschen, P., et al. (2012). Effects of qigong on performance-related anxiety and physiological stress functions in transverse flute music schoolchildren: A feasibility study. Journal of Chinese Integrative Medicine, 10(8), 858-865.

Standley, J., & Hughes, J. (1997). Evaluation of an early intervention music curriculum for enhancing prereading/writing skills. Music Therapy Perspectives, 15(2), 79-86.

Standley, J., & Jones, J. (2007). Music Techniques in Therapy, Counseling, and Special Education (3rd Edition). Silver Spring, MD: American Music Therapy Association.

Standley, J. M. (1996). A meta-analysis on the effects of music as reinforcement for education/therapy objectives. Journal of Research in Music Education, 44(2), 105-133.

Tomlinson, J., Derrington, P., & Oldfield, A. (Eds.). (2011). Music Therapy in Schools: Working with Children of All Ages in Mainstream and Special Education. London: Jessica Kingsley.

Warwick, Α. (1995). Music Therapy in the Education Service: Research with Autistic Children and their Mothers. In T. Wigram, B. Saperston & R. West (Eds.), The Art and Science of Music Therapy: A Handbook (pp. 209-225). Chur: Harwood Academic.

Wigram, T., & DeBacker, J. (Eds.). (1999). Clinical Applications of Music Therapy in Developmental Disability, Pediatrics and Neurology. London: Jessica Kingsley.

Wilson, B. L., & Smith, D. S. (2000). Music therapy assessment in school settings: A preliminary investigation. Journal of Music Therapy, 37(2), 95-117.

Wilson, S. (1991). Music therapy in education. British Journal of Music Education, 5(2), 14-17.

Woodward, S. (2000). A response to James Robertson’s ‘An educational model for music therapy: The case for a continuum’. British Journal of Music Education, 14(2), 94-98.

Other useful resources

Journals

Approaches: Music Therapy & Special Music Education

British Journal of Music Education

Child Development

Children & Society: The International Journal of Childhood and Children’s Services

Early Childhood Education Journal

European Journal of Special Needs Education

International Journal of Disability, Development and Education

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 3: Children and Education

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 18 -

International Journal of Music Education

Journal of Children’s Services

Journal of Research in Music Education

Music Education Research

Websites

British Association for Music Therapy: Children, Young People and their Families Network (membership / password required), www.bamt.org/british-association-for-music-therapy-members/british-association-for-music-therapy-networks/children-young-people-and-their-families-network.html

Department for Education, www.education.gov.uk

Early Education, www.early-education.org.uk

Education Otherwise, www.education-otherwise.net

NACE, www.nace.co.uk

NAGC, for gifted children, www.nagcbritain.org.uk

The Thomas Coram Foundation for Children, www.coram.org.uk

Relevant UK Policy Documents

Making Sure Children In Developing Countries Get A Good Education (Department of International Development, 2013) www.gov.uk/government/policies/making-sure-children-in-developing-countries-get-a-good-education

Youth in Action (British Council: Learning, 2012) www.britishcouncil.org/youthinaction-about-youth-in-action.htm

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank

(3rd Edition, February 2014)

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 19 -

Account No. 4

Children and Families

The Evidence Bank is developed by the Nordoff Robbins Research Department and provides a wealth of

Music Therapy and Music & Health references to research papers, journals, websites and policy

documents. Proposals for new entries can be emailed to: [email protected]

Selected bibliography (1990-2014) Abad, V. (2002). Sing and grow: Helping young children and their families grow together through music

therapy early intervention programs in community settings. The New Zealand Journal of Music Therapy, 36-50.

Abad, V., & Williams, K. (2006). Early intervention music therapy for adolescent mothers and their children. British Journal of Music Therapy, 20(1), 31-38.

Archer, C. (2004). Music therapy and early intervention: The parent-child relationship is centre stage. The New Zealand Journal of Music Therapy, 16, 129-143.

Bull, R. (2008). Autism and the Family: Group Music Therapy with Mothers and Children. In A. Oldfield & C. Flower (Eds.), Music Therapy with Children and their Families (pp. 71-88). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Davies, E. (2008). It's a Family Affair: Music Therapy for Children and Families at a Psychiatric Unit. In A. Oldfield & C. Flower (Eds.), Music Therapy with Children and their Families (pp. 121-140). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Delucia-Waack, J. L., & Gellman, R. A. (2007). The efficacy of using music in children of divorce groups: Impact on anxiety, depression, and irrational beliefs about divorce. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 11(4), 272-282.

Drake, T. (2008). Back to Basics: Community-Based Music Therapy for Vulnerable Young Chilrden and their Parents. In A. Oldfield & C. Flower (Eds.), Music Therapy with Children and their Families (pp. 37-52). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Flower, C. (2008). Living with Dying: Reflections on Family Music Therapy with Children Near the End of Life. In A. Oldfield & C. Flower (Eds.), Music Therapy with Children and their Families (pp. 177-190). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Hasler, J. (2008). A Piece of the Puzzle: Music Therapy with Looked-After Teenagers and their Carers. In A. Oldfield & C. Flower (Eds.), Music Therapy with Children and their Families (pp. 159-176). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Horvat, J., & O'Neill, N. (2008). 'Who is the Therapy For?' Involving a Parent or Carer in their Child's Music Therapy. In A. Oldfield & C. Flower (Eds.), Music Therapy with Children and their Families (pp. 89-102). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Howden, S. (2008). Music Therapy with Traumatised Children and their Families in Mainstream Primary Schools: A Case Study. In A. Oldfield & C. Flower (Eds.), Music Therapy with Children and their Families (pp. 103-120). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Jacobsen, S., & Wigram, T. (2007). Music therapy for the assessment of parental competencies for children in need of care. Nordic Journal of Music Therapy, 16(2), 129-143.

Kern, P., & Humpal, M. (Eds.). (2012). Early Childhood Music Therapy and Autism Spectrum Disorders: Developing Potential in Young Children and Their Families. London: Jessica Kingsley.

Loth, H. (2008). Music Therapy Groups for Families with a Learning-Disabled Toddler: Bridging Some Gaps. In A. Oldfield & C. Flower (Eds.), Music Therapy with Children and their Families (pp. 53-70). London: Jessica Kingsley.

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 4: Children and Families

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 20 -

Malloch, S., Shoemark, H., Črnčec, R., Newnham, C., Paul, C., Prior, M., et al. (2012). Music therapy with hospitalized infants—the art and science of communicative musicality. Infant Mental Health Journal, 33(4), 386-399.

McFerran, K., & Hunt, M. (2008). Learning from experiences in action: Music in schools to promote healthy coping with grief and loss. Educational Action Research, 16(1), 43-54.

Molyneux, C. (2005). Music therapy as a short-term intervention with individuals and families in a child and adolescent mental health service. British Journal of Music Therapy, 19(2), 59-66.

Mrázová, M., & Celec, P. (2010). A systematic review of randomized controlled trials using music therapy for children. Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine, 16(10), 1089-1095.

Nicholson, J. M., Berthelsen, D., Abad, V., Williams, K., & Bradley, J. (2008). Impact of music therapy to promote positive parenting and child development. Journal of Health Psychology, 13(2), 226-238.

O'Gorman, S. (2006). The infant's mother: Facilitating an experience of infant-directed singing with the mother in mind. British Journal of Music Therapy, 20(1), 22-30.

Oldfield, A. (2003). Music Therapy with Families. In T. Wigram (Ed.), Music Therapy in Health and Education (pp. 46-54). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Oldfield, A. (2006). Interactive Music Therapy in Child and Family Psychiatry: Clinical Practice, Research and Teaching. London: Jessica Kingsley.

Oldfield, A. (2006). Interactive Music Therapy: A Positive Approach. London: Jessica Kingsley.

Oldfield, A. (2008). Working in Partnership and Supporting Parents: Music Therapy for Pre-School Children and their Parents at a Child Development Centre. In A. Oldfield & C. Flower (Eds.), Music Therapy with Children and their Families (pp. 19-36). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Oldfield, A. (2011). Exploring Issues of Control through Interactive, Improvised Music Making: Music Therapy Diagnostic Assessment and Short-Term Treatment with a Mother and Daughter in a Psychiatric Unit. In A. Meadows (Ed.), Developments in Music Therapy Practice: Case Study Perspectives (pp. 104-118). Gilsum, NH: Barcelona.

Oldfield, A., Adams, M., & Bunce, L. (2003). An investigation into short-term music therapy with mothers and young children. British Journal of Music Therapy, 17(1), 26-45.

Oldfield, A., Bell, K., & Pool, J. (2012). Three families and three music therapists: Reflections on short term music therapy in child and family psychiatry. Nordic Journal of Music Therapy, 21(3), 250-267.

Oldfield, A., & Bunce, L. (2001). 'Mummy can play too...' Short-term music therapy with mothers and young children. British Journal of Music Therapy, 15(1), 27-36.

Oldfield, A., & Flower, C. (Eds.). (2008). Music Therapy with Children and their Families. London: Jessica Kingsley.

Pasiali, V. (2011). Resilience, music therapy, and human adaptation: Nurturing young children and families. Nordic Journal of Music Therapy, 21(1), 36-56.

Pasiali, V. (2013). A clinical case study of family-based music therapy. Journal of Creativity in Mental Health, 8(3), 249-264.

Pasiali, V. (2013). Music therapy and attachment relationships across the life span. Nordic Journal of Music Therapy, Advance online publication.

Procter, S. (2005). Parents, children and their therapists: A collaborative research project examining therapists-parent interactions in a music therapy clinic. British Journal of Music Therapy, 19(2), 45-59.

Rickson, D. (1995). Healing families: The music therapist’s role in early intervention programmes. The New Zealand Journal of Music Therapy, 26-35.

Rosscornes, C., & Davies, E. (2012). Setting up and Developing Music Therapy at a Children's Centre, for Pre-school Children and their Families and Carers. In J. Tomlinson, P. Derrington & A. Oldfield (Eds.), Music Therapy in Schools: Working with Children of All Ages in Mainstream and Special Education (pp. 19-32). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Stensæth, K. (2013). ‘‘Musical co-creation’’? Exploring health-promoting potentials on the use of musical and interactive tangibles for families with children with disabilities. International Journal of Qualitative Studies on Health and Well-being, 8, Retrieved from www.ijqhw.net

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 4: Children and Families

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 21 -

Thompson, G. A., McFerran, K. S., & Gold, C. (2013). Family-centred music therapy to promote social engagement in young children with severe autism spectrum disorder: A randomized controlled study. Child: Care, Health and Development, Advance online publication.

Tomlinson, J., Derrington, P., & Oldfield, A. (Eds.). (2011). Music Therapy in Schools: Working with Children of All Ages in Mainstream and Special Education. London: Jessica Kingsley.

Vlismas, W., Malloch, S., & Burnham, D. (2013). The effects of music and movement on mother–infant interactions. Early Child Development and Care, 183(11), 1669-1688.

Warwick, Α. (1995). Music Therapy in the Education Service: Research with Autistic Children and their Mothers. In T. Wigram, B. Saperston & R. West (Eds.), The Art and Science of Music Therapy: A Handbook (pp. 209-225). Chur, Switzerland: Harwood Academic.

Woodward, A. (2004). Music therapy for autistic children and their families: A creative spectrum. British Journal of Music Therapy, 18(1), 8-24.

Yinger, O. S., & Gooding, L. (2013). Music therapy and music medicine for children and adolescents. Child & Adolescent Psychiatric Clinics of North America, Advance online publication.

Other useful resources

Journals

Child and Family Social Work

Clinical Child and Family Psychology Review

The Family Journal

International Journal of Child, Youth and Family Studies

Journal of Child and Family Studies

Journal of Child Psychotherapy

Journal of Children's Services

Journal of Family Issues

Journal of Family Studies

Websites

British Association for Music Therapy: Children, Young People and their Families Network (membership / password required), www.bamt.org/british-association-for-music-therapy-members/british-association-for-music-therapy-networks/children-young-people-and-their-families-network.html

Children & Young People’s Strategic Partnership (CYPSP), www.cypsp.org

Contact a Family, www.cafamily.org.uk

Department for Education, www.education.gov.uk

Every Child, www.everychild.org.uk

The Thomas Coram Foundation for Children, www.coram.org.uk

Relevant UK Policy Documents

Keep Warm Keep Well: Information for Over 60s, Low-Income Families and People Living With a Disability (Public Health England, November 2013) www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/254859/Keep_Warm_Keep_Well_2013_WEB_FINAL.pdf

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 4: Children and Families

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 22 -

The Family Nurse Partnership Programme (Department of Health, July 2012) www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/216864/The-Family-Nurse-Partnership-Programme-Information-leaflet.pdf

Keep Warm, Keep Well: A Guide for Families (Department of Health, September 2010) www.direct.gov.uk/prod_consum_dg/groups/dg_digitalassets/@dg/@en/documents/digitalasset/dg_180560.pdf

The Child and Family Policy Divide: Tensions, Convergence and Rights (National Family and Parenting Institute, 2005) www.jrf.org.uk/system/files/1859353312.pdf

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank

(3rd Edition, February 2014)

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 23 -

Account No. 5 Emotional and Behavioural

Difficulties

The Evidence Bank is developed by the Nordoff Robbins Research Department and provides a wealth of

Music Therapy and Music & Health references to research papers, journals, websites and policy

documents. Proposals for new entries can be emailed to: [email protected]

Selected bibliography (1990-2014) Baker, F., & Jones, C. (2005). Holding a steady beat: The effects of a music therapy program on stabilizing

behaviours of newly arrived refugee students. British Journal of Music Therapy, 19(2), 67-74.

Baker, F., & Jones, C. (2006). The effect of music therapy services on classroom behaviours of newly arrived refugee students in Australia: A pilot study. Emotional and Behavioural Difficulties, 11(4), 249-260.

Brackley, J. (2012). Music Therapy and the Expression of Anger and Aggression: Working with Aggressive Behavior in Children Aged Five to Nine who Risk Mainstream School Exclusion. In J. Tomlinson, P. Derrington & A. Oldfield (Eds.), Music Therapy in Schools: Working with Children of All Ages in Mainstream and Special Education (pp. 89-102). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Buchanan, J. (2000). The effects of music therapy interventions in short-term music therapy with teens at risk: An opportunity for self-expression in a group setting. Canadian Journal of Music Therapy, 7(1), 39-50.

Butterton, M. (1993). Music in the pastoral care of emotionally disturbed children. Journal of British Music Therapy, 7(2), 12-20.

Cobbett, S. (2007). Playing at the boundaries: Combining music therapy with other creative therapies in individual work with children with emotional and behavioural difficulties. British Journal of Music Therapy, 21(1), 3-11.

Daykin, N., de Viggiani, N., Pilkington, P., & Moriarty, Y. (2012). Music making for health, well-being and behaviour change in youth justice settings: A systematic review. Health Promotion International, 28(2), 197-210.

Delucia-Waack, J. L., & Gellman, R. A. (2007). The efficacy of using music in children of divorce groups: Impact on anxiety, depression, and irrational beliefs about divorce. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 11(4), 272-282.

Derrington, P. (2012). 'Yeah I'll Do Music!' Working with Secondary-aged Students Who Have Complex Emotional and Behavioral Difficulties. In J. Tomlinson, P. Derrington & A. Oldfield (Eds.), Music Therapy in Schools: Working with Children of All Ages in Mainstream and Special Education (pp. 195-211). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Detty, R. D. (2013). Music and students with emotional behavioral disorders. Master Thesis, Ohio University. Retrieved from www.ohio.edu/education/academic-programs/upload/Detty-Ryan-MRP-Final.pdf

Eerola, T., & Vuoskoski, J. K. (2013). A review of music and emotion studies: Approaches, emotion models and stimuli. Music Perception, 30(3), 307-340.

Frank-Schewebel, A. (2002). Trauma and its Relation to Sound and Music. In J. Sutton (Ed.), Music, Music Therapy and Trauma (pp. 193-210). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Giovagnoli, A. R., Oliveri, S., Schifano, L., & Raglio, A. (2013). Active music therapy improves cognition and behaviour in chronic vascular encephalopathy: A case report. Complementary Therapies in Medicine, Advance online publication.

Gold, C., Voracek, M., & Wigram, T. (2004). Effects of music therapy for children and adolescents with psychopathology: A meta-analysis. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 45(6), 1054-1063.

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 5: Emotional and Behavioural Difficulties

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 24 -

Gold, C., Wigram, T., & Voracek, M. (2007). Effectiveness of music therapy for children and adolescents with psychopathology: A quasi-experimental study. Psychotherapy Research, 17(3), 289-296.

Gold, C., Wigram, T., & Voracek, M. (2007). Predictors of change in music therapy with children and adolescents: The role of therapeutic techniques. Psychology and Psychotherapy: Theory, Research and Practice, 80(4), 577-589.

Hallam, S., & Price, J. (1998). Can the use of background music improve the behaviour and academic performance of children with emotional and behavioural difficulties? British Journal of Special Education, 25(2), 88-91.

Jacobsen, S. L. (2012). Music therapy assessment and development of parental competences in families where children have experienced emotional neglect. PhD Thesis, Aalborg University. Retrieved from http://vbn.aau.dk/files/68298796/42798_jacobsen2012.pdf

Keen, A. W. (2004). Using music as a therapy tool to motivate troubled adolescents. Social Work in Health Care, 39(3-4), 361-373.

Kim, S., Kverno, K., Lee, E. M., Park, J. H., Lee, H. H., & Kim, H. L. (2006). Development of a music group psychotherapy intervention for the primary prevention of adjustment difficulties in Korean adolescent girls. Journal of Child and Adolescent Psychiatric Nursing, 19(3), 103-111.

Krahé, B., & Bieneck, S. (2012). The effect of music-induced mood on aggressive affect, cognition, and behavior. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 42(2), 271-290.

Layman, D., Hussey, D., & Laing, S. (2002). Music therapy assessment for severely emotionally disturbed children: A pilot study. Journal of Music Therapy, 39(3), 164-187.

Mers, C., Tincani, M., Norman, R., & Higgins, K. (2009). Effects of music therapy on young children's challenging behaviors: A case study. Music Therapy Perspectives, 27(2), 88-96.

Molyneux, C. (2005). Music therapy as a short-term intervention with individuals and families in a child and adolescent mental health service. British Journal of Music Therapy, 19(2), 59-66.

Montello, L., & Coons, E. E. (1999). Effects of active versus passive group music therapy on preadolescents with emotional, learning, and behavioral disorders. Journal of Music Therapy, 35(1), 49-67.

Murray, M. K. (2012). Current music therapy practice with adolescents with emotional and behavioral disorders in the United States: A survey of the profession. Master Thesis, Western Michigan University. Retrieved from http://scholarworks.wmich.edu/masters_theses/55

Porter, S., Holmes, V., McLaughlin, K., Lynn, F., Cardwell, C., Braiden, H. J., et al. (2012). Music in mind, a randomized controlled trial of music therapy for young people with behavioural and emotional problems: Study protocol. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 68(10), 2349-2358.

Raglio, A., & Gianelli, M. V. (2013). Music and music therapy in the management of behavioral disorders in dementia. Neurodegenerative Disease Management, 3(4), 295-298.

Rickson, D. J., & Watkins, W. G. (2003). Music therapy to promote prosocial behaviors in aggressive adolescent boys: A pilot study. Journal of Music Therapy, 40(4), 283-301.

Sausser, S., & Waller, R. (2006). A model for music therapy with students with emotional and behavioral disorders. The Arts in Psychotherapy, 33(1), 1-10.

Shafer, K. S., & Silverman, M. J. (2013). Applying a social learning theoretical framework to music therapy as a prevention and intervention for bullies and victims of bullying. The Arts in Psychotherapy, 40(5), 495-500.

Singh, M., & Agarkar, A. (2013). Effect of music therapy on aggressive behavior of children. Journal of Innovative Research and Solutions (JIRAS), 1(1), 20-26.

Smyth, M. (2002). The Role of Creativity in Healing and Recovering One’s Power after Victimisation. In J. Sutton (Ed.), Music, Music Therapy and Trauma (pp. 57-82). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Sutton, J. (2002). Trauma in Context. In J. Sutton (Ed.), Music, Music Therapy and Trauma (pp. 21-40). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Ueda, T., Suzukamo, Y., Sato, M., & Izumi, S.-I. (2013). Effects of music therapy on behavioral and psychological symptoms of dementia: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Ageing Research Reviews, 12(2), 628-641.

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 5: Emotional and Behavioural Difficulties

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 25 -

Uhlig, S. (2011). From Violent Rap to Lovely Blues: The Transformation of Aggressive Behavior through Vocal Music Therapy. In A. Meadows (Ed.), Developments in Music Therapy Practice: Case Study Perspectives (pp. 182-197). Gilsum, NH: Barcelona.

Uhlig, S., Jaschke, A., & Scherder, E. (2013). Effects of Music on Emotion Regulation: A Systematic Literature Review. In G. Luck & O. Brabant (Eds.), Proceedings of the 3rd International Conference on Music & Emotion (ICME3). Jyväskylä: University of Jyväskylä, Department of Music.

Walsh, R. (1997). When having means losing: Music therapy with a young adolescent with a learning disability and emotional and behavioural difficulties. British Journal of Music Therapy, 11(1), 3-17.

Walsh, R. (2002). See Me, Hear Me, Play With Me: Working with the Trauma of Early Abandonment and Deprivation in Psychodynamic Music Therapy. In J. Sutton (Ed.), Music, Music Therapy and Trauma (pp. 133-152). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Other useful resources

Journals

Emotional and Behavioural Difficulties

Journal of Emotional and Behavioural Disorders

Websites

Children with Emotional and Behavioural Difficulties (Children and Young People’s Strategic Partnership) www.cypsp.org/emotional-behavioural.htm

Social, Emotional and Behavioural Difficulties Association www.sebda.org

Relevant UK Policy Documents

Children and Young People in Mind: The Final Report of the National CAMHS Review (Department of Health, November 2008) www.lancashire.gov.uk/corporate/web/viewdoc.asp?id=101551

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 5: Emotional and Behavioural Difficulties

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 26 -

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank

(3rd Edition, February 2014)

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 27 -

Account No. 6 Trauma and Abuse

The Evidence Bank is developed by the Nordoff Robbins Research Department and provides a wealth of

Music Therapy and Music & Health references to research papers, journals, websites and policy

documents. Proposals for new entries can be emailed to: [email protected]

Selected bibliography (1990-2014) Baker, F. A., Gleadhill, L. M., & Dingle, G. A. (2007). Music therapy and emotional exploration: Exposing

substance abuse clients to the experiences of non-drug-induced emotions. The Arts in Psychotherapy, 34(4), 321-330.

Bensimon, M., Amir, D., & Wolf, Y. (2008). Drumming through trauma: Music therapy with post-traumatic soldiers. The Arts in Psychotherapy, 35(1), 34-48.

Bensimon, M., Amir, D., & Wolf, Y. (2012). A pendulum between trauma and life: Group music therapy with post-traumatized soldiers. The Arts in Psychotherapy, 39(4), 223-233.

Blanaru, M., Bloch, B., Vadas, L., Arnon, Z., Ziv, N., Kremer, I., et al. (2012). The effects of music relaxation and muscle relaxation techniques on sleep quality and emotional measures among individuals with posttraumatic stress disorder. Mental Illness, 4(2), e13.

Bower, J., & Shoemark, H. (2012). Music therapy for the pediatric patient experiencing agitation during posttraumatic amnesia constructing a foundation from theory. Music and Medicine, 4(3), 146-152.

Brooke, S. (2007). The Use of the Creative Therapies with Sexual Abuse Survivors. Springfield, IL: Charles C Thomas.

Carr, C., d’Ardenne, P., Sloboda, A., Scott, C., Wang, D., & Priebe, S. (2012). Group music therapy for patients with persistent post-traumatic stress disorder – an exploratory randomized controlled trial with mixed methods evaluation. Psychology and Psychotherapy: Theory, Research and Practice, 85(2), 179-202.

Cevasco, A. M., Kennedy, R., & N.R., G. (2005). Comparison of movement-to-music, rhythm activities, and competitive games on depression, stress, anxiety, and anger of females in substance abuse rehabilitation. Journal of Music Therapy, 42(1), 64-80.

Day, T. (2011). Music Therapy to Support Mothers Who Have Experienced Abuse in Childhood. In J. Edwards (Ed.), Music Therapy and Parent–Infant Bonding (pp. 141-160). Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Edwards, J., & McFerran, K. (2004). Educating music therapy students about working with clients who have been sexually abused. The Arts in Psychotherapy, 31(5), 335-348.

Felsenstein, R. (2012). From uprooting to replanting: On post-trauma group music therapy for pre-school children. Nordic Journal of Music Therapy, 22(1), 69-85.

Frank-Schewebel, A. (2002). Trauma and its Relation to Sound and Music. In J. Sutton (Ed.), Music, Music Therapy and Trauma (pp. 193-210). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Gallant, W., Holosko, M., Gorey, K. M., & Lesiuk, T. L. (1997). Music as a form of intervention with out-patient alcoholic couples: A quasi-experimental investigation. Canadian Journal of Music Therapy, 5(1), 67-84.

Gao, T. (2013). An Introduction to MER, a New Music Psychotherapy Approach for PTSD Part 1—The Theoretical and Clinical Foundations. Music and Medicine, 5(2), 99-104.

Gao, T. (2013). An Introduction to MER, a New Music Psychotherapy Approach for PTSD Part 2—The Outcomes and Case Examples. Music and Medicine, 5(2), 105-109.

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 6: Trauma and Abuse

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 28 -

Hernandez-Ruiz, E. (2005). Effect of music therapy on the anxiety levels and sleep patterns of abused women in shelters. Journal of Music Therapy, 42(2), 140-158.

Howden, S. (2008). Music Therapy with Traumatised Children and their Families in Mainstream Primary Schools: A Case Study. In A. Oldfield & C. Flower (Eds.), Music Therapy with Children and their Families (pp. 103-120). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Jones, J. D. (2005). A comparison of songwriting and lyric analysis techniques to evoke emotional change in a single session with people who are chemically dependent. Journal of Music Therapy, 42(2), 94-110.

Kim, J. (2013). Music therapy with children who have been exposed to ongoing child abuse and poverty: A pilot study. Nordic Journal of Music Therapy, Advance online publication.

Landy, R. J. (2010 ). Drama as a means of preventing post-traumatic stress following trauma within a community. Journal of Applied Arts and Health, 1(1), 7-18.

Linklater, H., & Forbes, L. (2012). Cross-cultural collaboration as community growth and integration: Children’s music projects in Bosnia-Herzegovina and Scotland. Approaches: Music Therapy & Special Music Education, 4(2), 101-109. Retrieved from http://approaches.primarymusic.gr/approaches/journal/Approaches_4(2)_2012/Approaches_4(2)2012_Linklater%20&%20Forbes_Article.pdf

Loewy, J., & Frisch-Hara, A. (Eds.). (2007). Caring for the Caregiver: The Use of Music and Music Therapy in Grief and Trauma. Silver Spring, MD: American Music Therapy Association.

Maack, C. (2012). Outcomes and processes of the Bonny Method of Guided Imagery and Music (GIM) and its adaptations and Psychodynamic Imaginative Trauma Therapy (PITT) for women with complex PTSD. PhD Thesis, Aalborg University. Retrieved from http://vbn.aau.dk/files/68395912/Carola_Maack_12.pdf

Ng, W. F. (2005). Music therapy, war trauma, and peace: A Singaporean perspective. Voices: A World Forum for Music Therapy, 5(3), Retrieved from https://voices.no/index.php/voices/article/viewArticle/231/175

Osborne, N. (2012). Neuroscience and “real world” practice: Music as a therapeutic resource for children in zones of conflict. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 1252(1), 69-76.

Pavlicevic, M. (1994). Between chaos and creativity: Music therapy with traumatised children in South Africa. Journal of British Music Therapy, 8(2), 4-9.

Pavlicevic, M. (1995). Transforming a violent society: Music therapy in South Africa. Human Development, 16(2), 39-42.

Pavlicevic, M. (1999). Music therapy improvisation groups with adults: Towards destressing in South Africa. SA Journal of Psychology, 29(2), 94-99.

Pavlicevic, M. (2001). Fragile Rhythms: Music Therapy with Children in South Africa. In M. Smyth & K. Thomson (Eds.), Working with Children and Young People in Violently Divided Societies. Belfast: CCIC and the University of Ulster.

Pavlicevic, M. (2002). Fragile Rhythms and Uncertain Listenings: Perspectives from Music Therapy with South African Children. In J. Sutton (Ed.), Music, Music Therapy, and Trauma (pp. 97-118). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Robarts, J. (2003). The Healing Function of Improvised Songs in Music Therapy with a Child Survivor of Early Trauma and Sexual Abuse. In S. Hadley (Ed.), Psychodynamic Music Therapy: Case Studies (pp. 141-182). Gilsum, NH: Barcelona

Robarts, J. (2006). Music therapy with sexually abused children. Clinical Child Psycholy and Psychiatry, 11(2), 249-269.

Robarts, J. (2009). Supporting the Development of Mindfulness and Meaning: Clinical Pathways in Music Therapy with a Sexually Abused Child. In S. N. Malloch & C. Trevarthen (Eds.), Communicative Musicality: Exploring the Basis of Human Companionship (pp. 377-400). Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Robarts, J. (2014). Music Therapy with Children with Developmental Trauma Disorder. In C. Malchiodi & D. Crenshaw (Eds.), Creative Arts and Play Therapy for Attachment Problems (pp. 67-83). New York and London: Guilford Press.

Scott, E. (2006). Integrating the creative arts into trauma and addiction treatment. Journal of Chemical Dependency Treatment, 8(2), 207-226.

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 6: Trauma and Abuse

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 29 -

Silverman, M. J. (2003). Music therapy and clients who are chemically dependent: A review of literature and pilot study. The Arts in Psychotherapy, 30, 273-281.

Smyth, M. (2002). The Role of Creativity in Healing and Recovering One’s Power after Victimisation. In J. Sutton (Ed.), Music, Music Therapy and Trauma (pp. 57-82). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Stewart, K. (2009). PATTERNS - A model for evaluating trauma in NICU music therapy: Part 1--Theory and design. Music and Medicine, 1(1), 29-40.

Sutton, J. (Ed.). (2002). Music, Music Therapy and Trauma. London: Jessica Kingsley.

Sutton, J. (2002). Trauma in Context. In J. Sutton (Ed.), Music, Music Therapy and Trauma (pp. 21-40). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Sutton, J. (2011). A Flash of the Obvious: Music Therapy and Trauma. In A. Meadows (Ed.), Developments in Music Therapy Practice: Case Study Perspectives (pp. 268-284). Gilsum, NH: Barcelona.

Taylor, S. N. a. J. Y. (2012). Music therapy for incarcerated women recovering from trauma and abuse. Retrieved from http://works.bepress.com/janette_taylor/1

Thompson, S. (2007). Improvised stories in music therapy with a child experiencing abuse. British Journal of Music Therapy, 21(2), 43-52.

Walsh, R. (2002). See Me, Hear Me, Play With Me: Working with the Trauma of Early Abandonment and Deprivation in Psychodynamic Music Therapy. In J. Sutton (Ed.), Music, Music Therapy and Trauma (pp. 133-152). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Winkelman, M. (2003). Complementary therapy for addiction: “Drumming out drugs”. American Journal of Public Health, 93, 647-651.

Other useful resources

Journals

Clinical Child Psychology and Psychiatry

Emotional and Behavioural Difficulties

Journal of Child & Adolescent Trauma

Journal of Trauma & Dissociation

Trauma, Violence & Abuse

Websites

The Child Trauma Academy, www.childtrauma.org

The Hideout, www.thehideout.org.uk

The National Association for People Abused in Childhood (NAPAC), www.napac.org.uk

Rape Crisis, www.rapecrisis.org.uk

Trauma & Abuse Group (TAG), www.tag-uk.net

Relevant UK Policy Documents

Working Together to Safeguard Children (Department of Health, August 2013) http://media.education.gov.uk/assets/files/pdf/w/working%20together.pdf

Domestic Violence and Abuse - Professional Guideline (Department of Health, June 2013) www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/211018/9576-TSO-Health_Visiting_Domestic_Violence_A3_Posters_WEB.pdf

Call to End Violence Against Women and Girls – Action Plan 2013 (Home Office, 2013) www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/97905/vawg-paper.pdf

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 6: Trauma and Abuse

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 30 -

NHS Commissioning Board Emergency Preparedness Framework 2013 (NHS Commissioning Board, 2013) www.england.nhs.uk/wp-content/uploads/2013/03/eprr-framework.pdf

Three Steps to Escaping Domestic Violence (Home Office, February 2012) www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/97924/english-3-steps.pdf

Commissioning Services for Women and Children Who Experience Violence and Abuse: A Guide for Health Commissioners (Department of Health, January 2011) www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/215634/dh_125903.pdf

Establishment of Regional Networks of Trauma Care (Department of Health, September 2010) www.dh.gov.uk/en/Publicationsandstatistics/Lettersandcirculars/Dearcolleagueletters/DH_119424

Improving Safety, Reducing Harm: Children, Young People and Domestic Violence. A Practical Toolkit for Front-line Professionals (Department of Health, November 2009) http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/20130107105354/http://www.dh.gov.uk/prod_consum_dh/groups/dh_digitalassets/@dh/@en/@ps/documents/digitalasset/dh_116914.pdf

Planning for the Psychosocial and Mental Health Care of People Affected by Major Incidents and Disasters: Interim National Strategic Guidance (Department Of Health, July 2009) www.coe.int/t/dg4/majorhazards/ressources/virtuallibrary/materials/uk/dh_103563.pdf

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank

(3rd Edition, February 2014)

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 31 -

Account No. 7 Addictions and Eating Disorders

The Evidence Bank is developed by the Nordoff Robbins Research Department and provides a wealth of

Music Therapy and Music & Health references to research papers, journals, websites and policy

documents. Proposals for new entries can be emailed to: [email protected]

Selected bibliography (1990-2014) Abdollahnejad, M. R. (2010). The Role of Music Therapy in Helping Drug Dependants. In D. Aldridge & J.

Fachner (Eds.), Music Therapy and Addictions (pp. 75-87). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Aldridge, D., & Fachner, J. (Eds.). (2006). Music and Altered States - Consciousness, Transcendence, Therapy and Addictions. London: Jessica Kingsley.

Aldridge, D., & Fachner, J. (Eds.). (2010). Music Therapy and Addictions. London: Jessica Kingsley.

Baker, F., Gleadhill, L., & Dingle, G. (2007). Music therapy and emotional exploration: Exposing substance abuse clients to the experiences of non-drug-induced emotions. The Arts in Psychotherapy, 34(4), 321-330.

Bauer, S. (2010). Music therapy and eating disorders. Voices: A World Forum for Music Therapy, 10(2), Retrieved from https://normt.uib.no/index.php/voices/article/view/258/214

Bednarz, L. F., & Nikkel, B. (1992). The role of music therapy in the treatment of young adults diagnosed with mental illness and substance abuse. Music Therapy Perspectives, 10, 21-26.

Borling, J. (2011). Music Therapy and Addiction: Addressing Essential Components of the Recovery Process. In A. Meadows (Ed.), Developments in Music Therapy Practice: Case Study Perspectives (pp. 234-249). Gilsum, NH: Barcelona.

Dachinger, C. D. (2012). Impulsivity and performance on a music-based cognitive rehabilitation protocol in persons with alcohol dependence. Master Thesis, University of Miami. Retrieved from http://works.bepress.com/carolyn_dachinger/1

Dickerson, D., Robichaud, F., Teruya, C., Nagaran, K., & Hser, Y.-I. (2012). Utilizing drumming for American Indians/Alaska Natives with substance use disorders: A focus group study. The American Journal of Drug and Alcohol Abuse, 38(5), 505-510.

Dingle, G., Gleadhill, L., & Baker, F. (2008). Can music therapy engage patients in group cognitive behaviour therapy for substance abuse treatment? Drug and Alcohol Review, 27(2), 190-196.

Dokter, D. (Ed.). (1995). Arts Therapies and Clients with Eating Disorders: Fragile Board. London: Jessica Kingsley.

Engels, R. C. M. E., Poelen, E. A. P., Spijkerman, R., & Bogt, T. T. (2012). The effects of music genre on young people's alcohol consumption: An experimental observational study. Substance Use & Misuse, 47(2), 180-188.

Erkkilä, J., & Eerola, T. (2010). Gambling Addiction: Evaluation of a Multimethod Treatment Programme Including Music Therapy. In D. Aldridge & J. Fachner (Eds.), Music Therapy and Addictions (pp. 132-151). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Fachner, J. (2002). The Space between the Notes - Research on Cannabis and Music Perception. In K. Karki, R. Leydon & H. Terho (Eds.), Looking Back, Looking Ahead - Popular Music Studies 20 Years Later (pp. 308-319). Turku: IASPM-Norden.

Fachner, J. (2006). Music and Drug Induced Altered States of Consciousness. In D. Aldridge & J. Fachner (Eds.), Music and Altered States - Consciousness, Transcendence, Therapy and Addictions (pp. 82-96). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Forsyth, A. J. M., Barnard, M., & McKeganey, N. P. (1997). Musical preference as an indicator of adolescent drug use. Addiction, 92(10), 1317-1325.

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 7: Addictions and Eating Disorders

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 32 -

Frisch, M. J., Franko, D. L., & Herzog, D. B. (2006). Arts-based therapies in the treatment of eating disorders. Eating Disorders, 14(2), 131-142.

Gallagher, L. M., & Steele, A. L. (2002). Music therapy with offenders in a substance abuse / mental illness treatment program. Music Therapy Perspectives, 20(2), 117-122.

Gallant, W., Siegel, S., & Holosko, M. (1997). The use of music in counseling addictive clients. Journal of Alcohol and Drug Education, 42(2), 42-52.

Gardstrom, S. C., & Diestelkamp, W. S. (2013). Women with addictions report reduced anxiety after group music therapy: A quasi-experimental study. Voices: A World Forum for Music Therapy, 13(2), Retrieved from: https://voices.no/index.php/voices/article/view/681

Ghetti, C. M. (2004). Incorporating music therapy into the harm reduction approach to managing substance use problems. Music Therapy Perspectives, 22(2), 84-90.

Hakvoort, L., & Dijkstra, I. (2007). Music therapy and addiction: Can research support its effect? Music Therapy Today, VIII(3), 343-348.

Hedigan, J. (2010). Authenticity and Intimacy: The Experience of Group Music Therapy for Substance Dependent Adults Living in a Therapeutic Community. In D. Aldridge & J. Fachner (Eds.), Music Therapy and Addictions (pp. 35-56). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Horesh, T. (2010). Drug Addicts and Their Music: A Story of a Complex Relationship. In D. Aldridge & J. Fachner (Eds.), Music Therapy and Addictions (pp. 57-74). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Howard, M. (1997). The effects of music and poetry therapy on the treatment of women and adolescents with chemical addictions. Journal of Poetry Therapy, 11(2), 81-102.

Hwang, E.-Y., & Oh, S.-H. (2013). A comparison of the effects of music therapy interventions on depression, anxiety, anger, and stress on alcohol-dependent clients: A pilot study. Music and Medicine, 5(3), 136-144.

Jones, J. D. (2005). A comparison of songwriting and lyric analysis techniques to evoke emotional change in a single session with people who are chemically dependent. Journal of Music Therapy, 42(2), 94-110.

Mays, K. L., Clark, D. L., & Gordon, A. J. (2008). Treating addiction with tunes: A systematic review of music therapy for the treatment of patients with addictions. Substance Abuse, 29(4), 51-59.

McFerran, K. (2011). Moving Out of Your Comfort Zone: Group Music Therapy with Adolescents who have Misused Drugs. In A. Meadows (Ed.), Developments in Music Therapy Practice: Case Study Perspectives (pp. 248-265). Gilsum, NH: Barcelona.

McFerran, K., Baker, F., Kildae, C., Patton, G., & Sawyer, S. (2008). Avoiding conflict: What do adolescents with disordered eating say about their mothers in music therapy? British Journal of Music Therapy, 22(1), 16-23.

McFerran, K., Baker, F., Patton, G. C., & Sawyer, S. M. (2006). A retrospective lyrical analysis of songs written by adolescents with anorexia nervosa. European Eating Disorders Review, 14(6), 397-403.

Miranda, D., Gaudreau, P., Morizot, J., & Fallu, J.-S. (2012). Can fantasizing while listening to music play a protective role against the influences of sensation seeking and peers on adolescents’ substance use? Substance Use & Misuse, 47(2), 166-179.

Pavlakou, M. (2009). Benefits of group singing for people with eating disorders: Preliminary findings from a non-clinical study. Approaches: Music Therapy & Special Music Education, 1(1), 30-48. Retrieved from http://approaches.primarymusic.gr/approaches/journal/Approaches_1(1)_2009/Approaches_1(1)2009_Pavlakou_Article.pdf

Robarts, J. (1994). Towards Autonomy and a Sense of Self: Music Therapy and the Individuation Process in Relation to Children and Adolescents with Early Onset Anorexia Nervosa. In D. Dokter (Ed.), Arts Therapies and Client with Eating Disorders (pp. 229-246). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Robarts, J. (2000). Music therapy and adolescents with anorexia nervosa. Nordic Journal of Music Therapy, 9(1), 3-12.

Robarts, J., & Sloboda, A. (1994). Perspectives on music therapy with people suffering from anorexia nervosa. Journal of British Music Therapy, 8(1), 9-15.

Ross, S., Cidambi, I., Dermatis, H., Weinstein, J., Ziedonis, D., Roth, S., et al. (2008). Music therapy: A novel motivational approach for dually diagnosed patients. Journal of Addictive Diseases, 27(1), 41-53.

Scott, E. (2006). Integrating the creative arts into trauma and addiction treatment. Journal of Chemical Dependency Treatment, 8(2), 207-226.

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 7: Addictions and Eating Disorders

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 33 -

Silverman, M. (2003). Music therapy and clients who are chemically dependent: A review of literature and pilot study The Arts in Psychotherapy, 30(5), 273-281.

Silverman, M. (2009). A descriptive analysis of music therapists working with consumers in substance abuse rehabilitation: Current clinical practice to guide future research. The Arts in Psychotherapy, 36(3), 123-130.

Silverman, M. J. (2011). Effects of music therapy on change and depression on clients in detoxification. Journal of Addictions Nursing, 22(4), 185-192.

Smeijsters, H. (1996). Music therapy with anorexia nervosa: An integrative theoretical and methodological perspective. British Journal of Music Therapy, 10(2), 3-13.

Soshensky, R. (2001). Music therapy and addiction. Music Therapy Perspectives, 19(1), 45-52.

Treder-Wolff, J. (1990). Affecting attitudes: Music therapy in addictions treatment. Music Therapy Perspectives, 8(67-71).

Treder-Wolff, J. (1990). Music therapy as a facilitator of creative process in addictions treatment. The Arts in Psychotherapy, 17(4), 319-324.

Trondalen, G. (2011). Music Is About Feelings: Music Therapy with a Young Man Suffering From Anorexia Nervosa. In A. Meadows (Ed.), Developments in Music Therapy Practice: Case Study Perspectives (pp. 234-252). Gilsum, NH: Barcelona.

Other useful resources

Journals

Addiction

Drug and Alcohol Review

Eating Disorders

Journal of Addictive Diseases

Journal of Alcohol and Drug Education

Journal of Chemical Dependency Treatment

Substance Abuse

Websites

The Association for Addiction Professionals, www.naadac.org

British Dietetic Association, www.bda.uk.com

DrugScope, www.drugscope.org.uk

Eating Disorders Association, www.b-eat.co.uk

Eating Disorders Coalition, www.eatingdisorderscoalition.org

National Association of Anorexia Nervosa and Associated Eating Disorders, www.anad.org

The National Centre for Eating Disorders, www.eating-disorders.org.uk

National Eating Disorders Association (NEDA), www.nationaleatingdisorders.org

Obsessive Eaters Anonymous, www.obsessiveeatersanonymous.org

Overeaters Anonymous, www.oagb.org.uk

The Renfrew Center Foundation, www.renfrew.org

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 7: Addictions and Eating Disorders

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 34 -

Relevant UK Policy Documents

Commissioning Treatment for Dependence on Prescription and Over-The-Counter Medicines: A Guide for NHS and Local Authority Commissioners (Public Health England, June 2013) www.nta.nhs.uk/atm-guidance.aspx

Guidance on the Consumption of Alcohol by Children and Young People. A Report by the Chief Medical Officer (Department of Health, December 2009) www.cph.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2013/09/Guidance-on-the-consumption-of-alcohol-by-children-and-young-people.pdf

Eating Disorders (Postnote, 2007) www.parliament.uk/briefing-papers/POST-PN-287.pdf

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank

(3rd Edition, February 2014)

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 35 -

Account No. 8 Mental Health

The Evidence Bank is developed by the Nordoff Robbins Research Department and provides a wealth of

Music Therapy and Music & Health references to research papers, journals, websites and policy

documents. Proposals for new entries can be emailed to: [email protected]

Selected bibliography (1990-2014) Ansdell, G., Davidson, J., Magee, W., Meehan, J., & Procter, S. (2010). “This F***ing life” to “that's better” …

in four minutes: An interdisciplinary study of music therapy's “present moments” and their potential for affect modulation. Nordic Journal of Music Therapy, 19(1), 3-28.

Ansdell, G., & Meehan, J. (2010). ''Some light at the end of the tunnel'': Exploring users' evidence for the effectiveness of music therapy in adult mental health settings. Music and Medicine, 2(1), 29-40.

Baker, F., Gleadhill, L., & Dingle, G. (2007). Music therapy and emotional exploration: Exposing substance abuse clients to the experiences of non-drug-induced emotions. The Arts in Psychotherapy, 34(4), 321-330.

Beigi, M. K., Akbarfahimi, M., Ashayeri, H., Fendereski, T., & Doostdar, H. (2013). The effect of musical activities on memory in patients with schizophrenia. Koomesh, 14(2), Pe158-Pe165, En122.

Bodner, E., Lancu, I., Gilboa, A., Sarel, A., Mazor, A., & Amir, D. (2007). Finding words for emotions: The reactions of patients with major depressive disorder towards various musical excerpts. The Arts in Psychotherapy, 34(2), 142-150.

Bryce, L., & Wettone, S. (2007). Drawing and drumming: A pilot art and music therapy group on an assessment ward in a medium secure unit. British Journal of Music Therapy, 21(2), 58-67.

Carr, C., Odell-Miller, H., & Priebe, S. (2013). A systematic review of music therapy practice and outcomes with acute adult psychiatric in-patients. PloS One, 8(8). Retrieved from www.plosone.org/article/info%3Adoi%2F10.1371%2Fjournal.pone.0070252

Cassity, M., & Cassity, J. (2006). Multimodal Psychiatric Music Therapy for Adults, Adolescents and Children: A Clinical Manual (3rd Edition). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Cathro, M., & Devine, A. (2012). Music therapy and social inclusion. Mental Health Practice, 16(1), 33-36.

Ceccato, E., Caneva, P., & Lamonaca, D. (2006). Music therapy and cognitive rehabilitation in schizophrenic patients: A controlled study. Nordic Journal of Music Therapy, 15(2), 111-120.

Chan, M. F., Wong, Z. Y., Onishi, H., & Thayala, N. V. (2012). Effects of music on depression in older people: A randomised controlled trial. Journal of Clinical Nursing, 21(5‐6), 776-783.

Choi, A. N., Lee, M. S., & Lim, H. J. (2008). Effects of group music intervention on depression, anxiety, and relationships in psychiatric patients: A pilot study. Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine, 14(5), 567-570.

Chou, M. H., & Lin, M. F. (2006). Exploring the listening experiences during guided imagery and music therapy of outpatients with depression. Journal of Nursing Research, 14(2), 93-102.

Clennon, O. (2013). Two case examples using participatory music as a therapeutic metaphor in a community mental health setting in the United Kingdom. International Journal of Community Music, 6(1).

Cordeiro, R. C., Freitas, L. A. d., Azevedo, E. B. d., Costa, L. d. F. P., Silva, G., & Ferreira Filha, M. d. O. (2013). Music therapy as an additional therapeutic modality for users in situation of psychic suffering. Journal of Nursing UFPE On Line, 7(12), 6725-6731. Retrieved from www.revista.ufpe.br/revistaenfermagem/index.php/revista/article/viewArticle/2950

Crawford, M. J., & Patterson, S. (2007). Arts therapies for people with schizophrenia: An emerging evidence base. Evidence-Based Mental Health, 10, 69-70.

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 8: Mental Health

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 36 -

Crooke, A. (2013). Resource-oriented music therapy in mental health care. Nordic Journal of Music Therapy, 22(1), 86-87.

Davies, A. (1995). The acknowledgement of loss working through depression. British Journal of Music Therapy, 9(1), 11-16.

Davies, A., & Richards, E. (1998). Music therapy in acute psychiatry: Our experience of working as co-therapist with a group for patients from two neighbouring wards. British Journal of Music Therapy, 12(2), 53-59.

Day, T., Baker, F., & Darlington, Y. (2009). Beyond the therapy room: Women's experiences of 'going public' with song creations. British Journal of Music Therapy, 32(1), 19-26.

Daykin, N. (2012). Developing Social Models for Research and Practice in Music, Arts, and Health: A Case Study of Research in a Mental Health Setting. In R. MacDonald, G. Kreutz & L. Mitchell (Eds.), Music, Health, and Wellbeing (pp. 65-75). Oxford: Oxford University Press.

de l’Etoile, S. K. (2002). The effectiveness of music therapy in group psychotherapy for adults with mental illness. The Arts in Psychotherapy, 29(2), 69-78.

Degryse, M. (2010). Creating a safe place in the midst of aggression: Music therapy in child psychiatry. Approaches: Music Therapy & Special Music Education, 2(2), 48-54. Retrieved from http://approaches.primarymusic.gr/approaches/content/view/38/58/lang,en/

Dickinson, S. C., Odell-Miller, H., & Adlam, J. (Eds.). (2013). Forensic Music Therapy: A Treatment for Men and Women in Secure Hospital Settings. London: Jessica Kingsley.

Dileo, C., & Bradt, J. (2008). Music for preoperative anxiety (Protocol). Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews, 2008(Issue 1), Art. No.: CD006908.

Dingle, G., Brander, C., Ballantyne, J., & Baker, F. (2012). ‘To be heard’: The social and mental health benefits of choir singing for disadvantaged adults. Psychology of Music, Advance online publication.

Dingle, G. A., Gleadhill, L., & Baker, F. A. (2008). Can music therapy engage patients in group cognitive behaviour therapy for substance abuse treatment? Drug and Alcohol Review, 27(2), 190-196.

Eckhardt, K. J., & Dinsmore, J. A. (2012). Mindful music listening as a potential treatment for depression. Journal of Creativity in Mental Health, 7(2), 175-186.

Edwards, J. (2006). Music therapy in the treatment and management of mental disorders. Irish Journal of Psychological Medicine, 23(1), 33-35.

Erkkilä, J., Gold, C., Fachner, J., Ala-Ruona, E., Punkanen, M., & Vanhala, M. (2008). The effect of improvisational music therapy on the treatment of depression: Protocol for a randomised controlled trial. BMC Psychiatry, 8, 50.

Erkkilä, J., Punkanen, M., Fachner, J., Ala-Ruona, E., Pöntiö, I., Tervaniemi, M., et al. (2011). Individual music therapy for depression: Randomised controlled trial. British Journal of Psychiatry, 199(2), 132-139.

Fachner, J., Gold, C., & Erkkilä, J. (2012). Music therapy modulates fronto-temporal activity in rest-EEG in depressed clients. Brain topography, 26(2), 338-354.

Gillen, E., Biley, F., & Allen, D. (2008). Effects of music listening on adult patients' pre-procedural state anxiety in hospital. Journal of Evidence-Based Healthcare, 6(1), 24-49.

Gladding, S. (2008). The lyrics of hurting and healing: Finding words that are revealing. Journal of Creativity in Mental Health, 3(3), 212-219.

Gold, C. (2007). Music therapy improves symptoms in adults hospitalised with schizophrenia. Evidence-Based Mental Health, 10(3), 77.

Gold, C., Assmus, J., Hjørnevik, K., Qvale, L. G., Brown, F. K., Hansen, A. L., et al. (2013). Music therapy for prisoners: Pilot randomised controlled trial and implications for evaluating psychosocial interventions. International Journal of Offender Therapy and Comparative Criminology, Advance online publication.

Gold, C., Dahle, T., Heldal, T. O., & Wigram, T. (2006). Music therapy for people with schizophrenia or other psychoses: A systematic review and meta-analysis. British Journal of Music Therapy, 20(2), 100-108.

Gold, C., Heldal, T. O., Dahle, T., & Wigram, T. (2005). Music therapy for schizophrenia or schizophrenia-like illnesses. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews, 2005(Issue 2), Art. No.: CD004025. DOI: 004010.001002/14651858.CD14004025.pub14651852.

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 8: Mental Health

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 37 -

Gold, C., Lygren, M., Karterud, I., & Petersen, I. (2006). Music therapy for psychotic patients: Research and clinical perspectives. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 114(Suppl. 431), 30

Gold, C., Mössler, K., Grocke, D., Heldal, T., Tjemsland, L., Aarre, T., et al. (2013). Individual music therapy for mental health care clients with low therapy motivation: Multicentre randomised controlled trial. Psychotherapy and Psychosomatics, 82(5), 319-331.

Gold, C., Rolvsjord, R., Aaro, L., Aarre, T., Tjemsland, L., & Stige, B. (2005). Resource-oriented music therapy for psychiatric patients with low therapy motivation: Protocol for a randomised controlled trial. BMC Psychiatry, 5(1), 39.

Gold, C., Solli, H. P., Kruger, V., & Lie, S. A. (2009). Dose-response relationship in music therapy for people with serious mental disorders: Systematic review and meta-analysis. Clinical Psychology Review, 29(3), 193-207.

Gold, C., Wigram, T., & Voracek, M. (2007). Effectiveness of music therapy for children and adolescents with psychopathology: A quasi-experimental study. Psychotherapy Research, 17(3), 292-300.

Grocke, D., Bloch, S., & Castle, D. (2008). Is there a role for music therapy in the care of the severely mentally ill? Australasian Psychiatry, 16(6), 442-445.

Grocke, D., Bloch, S., Castle, D., Thompson, G., Newton, R., Stewart, S., et al. (2013). Group music therapy for severe mental illness: A randomized embedded-experimental mixed methods study. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, Advance online publication.

Hannibal, N., Pedersen, I. N., Hestbæk, T., Sørensen, T. E., & Munk-Jørgensen, P. (2012). Schizophrenia and personality disorder patients’ adherence to music therapy. Nordic Journal of Psychiatry, 66(6), 376-379.

Hanser, S. B., & Thompson, L. W. (1994). Effects of a music therapy strategy on depressed older adults. Journal of Gerontology, 49(6), 265-269.

Hayashi, N., Tanabe, Y., Nakagawa, S., Noguchi, M., Iwata, C., Koubuchi, Y., et al. (2002). Effects of group musical therapy on inpatients with chronic psychoses: A controlled study. Psychiatry and Clinical Neurosciences, 56(2), 187-193.

Hernandez-Reif, M., Diego, M., & Field, T. (2006). Instrumental and vocal music effects on EEG and EKG in neonates of depressed and non-depressed mothers. Infant Behavior and Development, 29(4), 518-525.

Hovey, S. A. (2013). The effects of musical activity on the self-esteem and self-efficacy of patients with schizophrenia a cultural study in West Bengal, India. Music and Medicine, 5(1), NP1-NP4.

Hudgins, L. (2013). Closing Time: Clients' Shared Experiences of Termination of a Music Therapy Group in Community Mental Health. In L. Young (Ed.), Qualitative Inquiries in Music Therapy (Volume 8) (Vol. 51-78). Gilsum, NH: Barcelona.

Inada, M. (2007). From performer to container: A psychiatric group with a musically accomplished client. British Journal of Music Therapy, 21(2), 53-57.

Jiménez-Jiménez, M., García-Escalona, A., Martín-López, A., De Vera-Vera, R., & De Haro, J. (2013). Intraoperative stress and anxiety reduction with music therapy: A controlled randomized clinical trial of efficacy and safety. Journal of Vascular Nursing, 31(3), 101-106.

Kayyali, A. (2006). Music therapy for decreasing patient stress: A new study is currently examining its effectiveness. American Journal of Nursing, 106(4), 72A.

Khouzam, H. R., Ghafoori, B., & Nichols, E. E. A. (2005). Use of a religious hymn in remission of symptoms of social phobia (social anxiety disorder): A case study. Psychological Reports, 96(2), 411-421.

Kumar, G., & Singh, B. K. (2013). To access the role of music therapy in depression and their comparison with drug therapy. International Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences & Research, 4(8), 3099-3102.

Kwon, M., Gang, M., & Oh, K. (2013). Effect of the group music therapy on brain wave, behavior, and cognitive function among patients with chronic schizophrenia. Asian Nursing Research, 7(4), 168-174.

Lai, Y.-M. (1999). Effects of music listening on depressed women in Taiwan. Issues in Mental Health Nursing, 20(3), 229-246.

Lee, J., & Thyer, B. A. (2013). Does music therapy improve mental health in adults? A review. Journal of Human Behavior in the Social Environment, 23(5), 591-603.

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 8: Mental Health

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 38 -

Lin, S.-T., Yang, P., Lai, C.-Y., Su, Y.-Y., Yeh, Y.-C., Huang, M.-F., et al. (2011). Mental health implications of music: Insight from neuroscientific and clinical studies. Harvard Review of Psychiatry, 19(1), 34-46.

Loth, J. (1994). Music therapy and forensic psychiatry - choice, denial and the law. British Journal of Music Therapy, 8(2), 10-18.

Loue, S., Mendez, N., & Sajatovic, M. (2008). Preliminary evidence for the integration of music into HIV prevention for severely mentally ill Latinas. Journal of Immigrant and Minority Health, 10(6), 1557-1912.

Lu, S.-F., Lo, C.-H. K., Sung, H.-C., Hsieh, T.-C., Yu, S.-C., & Chang, S.-C. (2013). Effects of group music intervention on psychiatric symptoms and depression in patient with schizophrenia. Complementary therapies in medicine, 21(6), 682-688.

Mahdavi, A., Gorji, M. A. H., Gorji, A. M. H., Yazdani, J., & Ardebil, M. D. (2013). Implementing benson's relaxation training in hemodialysis patients: Changes in perceived stress, anxiety, and depression. North American Journal of Medical Sciences, 5(9), 536-540.

Maratos, A., Gold, C., Wang, X., & Crawford, M. J. (2008). Music therapy for depression. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews 2008(Issue 1), Art. No.: CD004517. DOI: 004510.001002/14651858.CD14004517.pub14651852.

Mays, K. L., Clark, D. L., & Gordon, A. J. (2008). Treating addiction with tunes: A systematic review of music therapy for the treatment of patients with addictions. Substance Abuse, 29(4), 51-59.

McFerran, K., Baker, F., Kildae, C., Patton, G., & Sawyer, S. (2008). Avoiding conflict: What do adolescents with disordered eating say about their mothers in music therapy? British Journal of Music Therapy, 22(1), 16-23.

McFerran, K., Baker, F., Patton, G. C., & Sawyer, S. M. (2006). A retrospective lyrical analysis of songs written by adolescents with anorexia nervosa. European Eating Disorders Review, 14(6), 397-403.

Mcivor, M. (1990). The challenge for music therapy in a changing psychiatric setting. The New Zealand Journal of Music Therapy, 23-28.

Molyneux, C. (2005). Music therapy as a short-term intervention with individuals and families in a child and adolescent mental health service. British Journal of Music Therapy, 19(2), 59-66.

Morgan, K., Bartrop, R., Telfer, J., & Tennant, C. (2011). A controlled trial investigating the effect of music therapy during an acute psychotic episode. Acta Psychiatrica Scandavica, 124(5), 363-371.

Mössler, K., Assmus, J., Heldal, T. O., Fuchs, K., & Gold, C. (2012). Music therapy techniques as predictors of change in mental health care. The Arts in Psychotherapy, 39(4), 333-341.

Mossler, K., Chen, X., Heldal, T. O., & Gold, C. (2011). Music therapy for people with schizophrenia and schizophrenia-like disorders. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews (12), CD004025.

Mossler, K., Fuchs, K., Heldal, T. O., Karterud, I. M., Kenner, J., Naesheim, S., et al. (2011). The clinical application and relevance of resource-oriented principles in music therapy within an international multicentre study in psychiatry. British Journal of Psychiatry, 25(1), 72-91.

Nilsson, U. (2008). The anxiety- and pain-reducing effects of music interventions: A systematic review. AORN Journal, 87(4), 780-807.

Odell-Miller, H. (1995). Why provide music therapy in the community for adults with mental health problems? British Journal of Music Therapy, 9(1), 4-10.

Odell-Miller, H., Hughes, P., & Westacott, M. (2006). An investigation into the effectiveness of the arts therapies for adults with continuing mental health problems. Psychotherapy Research, 16(1), 122-139.

Oldfield, A. (2006). Interactive Music Therapy in Child and Family Psychiatry. London: Jessica Kingsley.

Oldfield, A. (2011). Exploring Issues of Control through Interactive, Improvised Music Making: Music Therapy Diagnostic Assessment and Short-Term Treatment with a Mother and Daughter in a Psychiatric Unit. In A. Meadows (Ed.), Developments in Music Therapy Practice: Case Study Perspectives (pp. 104-118). Gilsum, NH: Barcelona.

Pasha, G., Akhavan, G., & Gorjian, B. (2012). Music therapy and schizophrenia. Journal of American Science, 8(4), 62-68.

Pavlicevic, M. (2000). Behind the Scenes: Revisiting 'Music Therapy and the Rehabilitation of Persons Suffering from Schizophrenia'. In J. Z. Robarts (Ed.), Music Therapy Research: Growing Perspectives in Theory and Practice (Volume 1). Hertfordshire: British Society for Music Therapy.

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 8: Mental Health

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 39 -

Pavlicevic, M. (2007). The Music Interaction Rating Scale (Schizophrenia) (MIR(S)): Microanalysis of Co-Improvisation in Music Therapy with Adults Suffering from Chronic Schizophrenia. In T. Wosch & T. Wigram (Eds.), Microanalysis in Music Therapy (pp. 174-185). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Pavlicevic, M., Trevarthen, C., & Duncan, J. (1994). Improvisational music therapy and the rehabilitation of persons suffering from chronic schizophrenia. Journal of Music Therapy, XXXI(2), 86-104.

Procter, S. (2001). Empowering and enabling: Improvisational music therapy in non-medical mental health provision. Voices: A World Forum for Music Therapy, 1(2), Retrieved from https://normt.uib.no/index.php/voices/article/viewArticle/58/46

Procter, S. (2002). Empowering and Enabling: Music Therapy in Non-medical Mental Health Provision. In C. Kenny & B. Stige (Eds.), Contemporary Voices in Music Therapy. Oslo: Unipub Forlag.

Rickson, D. (1999). Music and psychiatry. The New Zealand Journal of Music Therapy, 50-67.

Robarts, J., & Sloboda, A. (1994). Perspectives on music therapy with people with anorexia nervosa. British Journal of Music Therapy, 8(1), 7-14.

Rolvsjord, R. (2004). Therapy as empowerment: Clinical and political implications of empowerment philosophy in mental health practices of music therapy. Nordic Journal of Music Therapy, 13(2), 99-111.

Ross, S., Cidambi, I., Dermatis, H., Weinstein, J., Ziedonis, D., Roth, S., et al. (2008). Music therapy: A novel approach for dually diagnosed patients. Journal of Addictive Diseases, 27(1), 41-53.

Rowland, C., & Read, B. (2011). Key changes music therapy: An extended pilot project in an adult mental health hospital setting. British Journal of Psychiatry, 25(1), 48-71.

Rumball, K. (2010). The effects of group musical activity on psychiatric patients in India. Voices: A World Forum for Music Therapy, 10(2), Retrieved from https://normt.uib.no/index.php/voices/article/viewArticle/164

Sheehan, E. (2013). Music therapy treatment of depressive symptoms in adolescents in short-term inpatient psychiatric settings: A survey study. Master Thesis, Drexel University. Retrieved from: http://dspace.library.drexel.edu/handle/1860/4157

Silverman, J. M. (2013). Effects of group songwriting on depression and quality of life in acute psychiatric inpatients: a randomized three group effectiveness study. Nordic Journal of Music Therapy, 22(2), 131-148.

Silverman, M. (2010). Applying levels of evidence to the psychiatric music therapy literature base. The Arts in Psychotherapy, 37(1), 1-7.

Silverman, M. J. (2003). The influence of music on the symptoms of psychosis: A meta-analysis. Journal of Music Therapy, 40(1), 27-40.

Silverman, M. J. (2013). Effects of family-based educational music therapy on acute care psychiatric patients and their family members: An exploratory mixed-methods study. Nordic Journal of Music Therapy, Advance online publication.

Silverman, M. J. (2013). Effects of music therapy on self- and experienced stigma in patients on an acute care psychiatric unit: A randomized three group effectiveness study. Archives of Psychiatric Nursing, 27(5), 223-230.

Silverman, M. J., & Leonard, J. (2012). Effects of active music therapy interventions on attendance in people with severe mental illnesses: Two pilot studies. The Arts in Psychotherapy, 39(5), 390-396.

Silverman, M. J., & Rosenow, S. (2013). Immediate quantitative effects of recreational music therapy on mood and perceived helpfulness in acute psychiatric inpatients: An exploratory investigation. The Arts in Psychotherapy, 40(3), 269-274.

Smeijsters, H. (1996). Music therapy with anorexia nervosa: An integrative theoretical and methodological perspective. British Journal of Music Therapy, 10(2), 3-13.

Smeijsters, H., & Cleven, G. (2006). The treatment of aggression using arts therapies in forensic psychiatry: Results of a qualitative inquiry. The Arts in Psychotherapy, 33(1), 37-58.

Spang, S. (1997). Forensic psychiatry and music therapy. The New Zealand Journal of Music Therapy, 17-28.

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 8: Mental Health

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 40 -

Swantes, M., McKinny, C., & Hannibal, N. (2013). Music therapy's effects on levels of depression, anxiety, and social isolation in Mexican farmworkers living in the United States: A randomized controlled trial. The Arts in Psychotherapy, 41(1), 120-126.

Talwar, N., Crawford, M., Maratos, A., Nur, U., McDermott, O., & Procter, S. (2006). Music therapy for in-patients with schizophrenia: Exploratory randomized trial. British Journal of Psychiatry, 189, 405-409.

Ulrich, G., Houtmans, T., & Gold, C. (2007). The additional therapeutic effect of group music therapy for schizophrenic patients: A randomized study. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 116(5), 362-370.

Wachi, M., Koyama, M., Utsuyama, M., Bittman, B., Kitagawa, M., & Hirokawa, K. (2007). Recreational music-making modulates natural killer cell activity, cytokines, and mood states in corporate employees. Medical Science Monitor, 13(2), 57-70.

Yang, C.-Y., Chen, C.-H., Chu, H., Chen, W.-C., Lee, T.-Y., Chen, S.-G., et al. (2012). The effect of music therapy on hospitalized psychiatric patients’ anxiety, finger temperature, and electroencephalography a randomized clinical trial. Biological Research for Nursing, 14(2), 197-206.

Other useful resources

Journals

European Journal of Psychiatry

Evidence Based Mental Health

Journal of Creativity in Mental Health

The Arts in Psychotherapy

Websites

Borderline Personality Disorder World, www.bpdworld.org

British Association for Music Therapy: Mental Health Network (membership/password required), www.bamt.org/british-association-for-music-therapy-members/british-association-for-music-therapy-networks/mental-health-forum-network.html

Depression Alliance, www.depressionalliance.org

Eating Disorders Research, www.kcl.ac.uk/iop/depts/pm/research/eatingdisorders/index.aspx

Improving Access to Psychological Therapies, www.iapt.nhs.uk

Mencap, www.mencap.org.uk

Mental Health Foundation, www.mentalhealth.org.uk

MIND (National Association for Mental Health), www.mind.org.uk

The National Institute for Mental Health (NIMHE), www.nimh.nih.gov

Rethink, www.rethink.org

SANELINE, www.sane.org.uk

Scottish Association for Mental Health, www.samh.org.uk

Stand to Reason, www.standtoreason.org.uk

Time to change (leading stigma and anti-discrimination campaign), www.time-to-change.org.uk

Relevant UK Policy Documents

Preventing Suicide in England – A Cross-Government Outcomes Strategy to Save Lives (Department of Health, September 2012). www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/216928/Preventing-Suicide-in-England-A-cross-government-outcomes-strategy-to-save-lives.pdf

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 8: Mental Health

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 41 -

Maternal Mental Health Pathway (Department of Health, August 2012) www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/212906/Maternal-mental-health-pathway-090812.pdf

Children and Young People’s Emotional Wellbeing and Mental Health National Support Team – The learning: ‘What good looks like’ (Department of Health, April 2011) www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/215628/dh_126004.pdf

The Economic Case for Improving Efficiency and Quality in Mental Health (Department of Health, February 2011) www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/215808/dh_123993.pdf

Talking Therapies: A 4 Year Plan of Action (Department of Health, February 2011) www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/213765/dh_123985.pdf

No Health Without Mental Health: A Cross-Government Mental Health Outcomes Strategy for People of All Ages (Department of Health, 2011) www.dh.gov.uk/en/Publicationsandstatistics/Publications/PublicationsPolicyAndGuidance/DH_123766

New Horizons: A Shared Vision for Mental Health (Department of Health, 2009) http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/+/www.dh.gov.uk/en/consultations/liveconsultations/dh_103144

Mental Health Act 2007 (Department of Health) http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/+/www.dh.gov.uk/en/Healthcare/Mentalhealth/DH_089882

Mental Health Act 1983 (Department of Health) http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/+/www.dh.gov.uk/en/publicationsandstatistics/legislation/actsandbills/dh_4002034

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 8: Mental Health

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 42 -

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank

(3rd Edition, February 2014)

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 43 -

Account No. 9 Neuro-disability and

Rehabilitation

The Evidence Bank is developed by the Nordoff Robbins Research Department and provides a wealth of

Music Therapy and Music & Health references to research papers, journals, websites and policy

documents. Proposals for new entries can be emailed to: [email protected]

Selected bibliography (1990-2014) Aldridge, D. (Ed.). (2005). Music Therapy and Neurological Rehabilitation: Performing Health. London:

Jessica Kingsley.

Aldridge, D., Schmid, W., Kaeder, M., Schimdt, C., & Ostermann, T. (2005). Functionality or aesthetics? A pilot study of music therapy in the treatment of multiple sclerosis patients. Complementary Therapies in Medicine, 13(1), 25-33.

Alternmuller, E., & Schlaug, G. (2012). Music, Brain, and Health: Exploring Biological Foundations of Music's Health Effects. In R. MacDonald, G. Kreutz & L. Mitchell (Eds.), Music, Health, and Wellbeing (pp. 12-24). Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Angelucci, F., Fiore, M., Ricci, E., Padua, L., Sabino, A., & Tonali, P. (2007). Investigating the neurobiology of music: Brain-derived neurotrophic factor modulation in the hippocampus of young adult mice. Behavioural Pharmacology 18(5-6), 491-496.

Baird, A., & Samson, S. (2013). Music evoked autobiographical memory after severe acquired brain injury: Preliminary findings from a case series. Neuropsychological Rehabilitation, 1-19.

Baker, F. (2011). Facilitating Neurological Reorganization through Music Therapy: A Case of Modified Melodic Intonation Therapy in the Treatment of a Person with Aphasia. In A. Meadows (Ed.), Developments in Music Therapy Practice: Case Study Perspectives (pp. 280-296). Gilsum, NH: Barcelona.

Baker, F., & Tamplin, J. (2006). Music Therapy Methods in Neurorehabilitation: A Clinician's Manual. London: Jessica Kingsley.

Baker, F., & Wigram, T. (2004). The immediate and long-term effects of singing on the mood states of people with traumatic brain injury. British Journal of Music Therapy, 18(2), 55-64.

Baker, F., Wigram, T., & Gold, C. (2005). The effects of a song-singing programme on the affective speaking intonation of people with traumatic brain injury. Brain Injury, 19(7), 519-528.

Baker, F. A., & Roth, E. A. (2004). Neuroplasticity and functional recovery: Training models and compensatory strategies in music therapy. Nordic Journal of Music Therapy, 13(1), 20-32.

Beathard, B., & Krout, R. E. (2008). A music therapy clinical case study of a girl with childhood apraxia of speech: Finding Lily's voice. The Arts in Psychotherapy, 35(2), 107-116.

Bergström-Isacsson, M., Julu, P. O. O., & Witt-Engerström, I. (2007). Autonomic responses to music and vibroacoustic mherapy in Rett Syndrome. Nordic Journal of Music Therapy, 16(1), 42-59.

Boso, M., Politi, P., Barale, F., & Emanuele, E. (2006). Neurophysiology and neurobiology of the musical experience. Functional Neurology, 21(4), 187-191.

Bower, J., Catroppa, C., Grocke, D., & Shoemark, H. (2013). Music therapy for early cognitive rehabilitation post-childhood TBI: An intrinsic mixed methods case study. Developmental Neurorehabilitation, Advance online publication.

Bower, J., & Shoemark, H. (2009). Music therapy to promote interpersonal interactions in early paediatric neuro-rehabilitation. Australian Journal of Music Therapy, 20, 59-75.

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 9: Neuro-disability and Rehabilitation

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 44 -

Bradt, J., Magee, W., Dileo, C., Wheeler, B. L., & McGilloway, E. (2010). Music therapy for acquired brain injury. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews 2010(7), Art. No.: CD006787. DOI: 006710.001002/14651858.CD14006787.pub14651852.

Brotons, M., & Marti, P. (2003). Music therapy with Alzheimer's patients and their family caregivers: A pilot project. Journal of Music Therapy, 40(2), 138-150.

Censi, G., Giorgi, G., Guidi, M., Paolini, S., & Paciaroni, L. (2008). Integrated rehabilitation strategies in Parkinson's disease: Motor, dance and music therapy. Parkinsonism and Related Disorders, 14(7), 59.

Chen, M.-C., Tsai, P.-L., Huang, Y.-T., & Lin, K.-c. (2013). Pleasant music improves visual attention in patients with unilateral neglect after stroke Brain Injury, 27(1), 75-82.

Clair, A. A., Lyons, K. E., & Hamburg, J. (2012). A feasibility study of the effects of music and movement on physical function, quality of life, depression, and anxiety in patients with Parkinson disease. Music and Medicine, 4(1), 49-55.

Daveson, B. A. (2008). A description of a music therapy meta-model in neuro-disability and neuro-rehabilitation for use with children, adolescents and adults. Australian Journal of Music Therapy, 19, 70-85.

Daveson, B. A., Magee, W., Crewe, L., Beaumont, G., & Kenealy, P. (2007). The music therapy assessment tool for low awareness states. International Journal of Therapy and Rehabilitation, 14(12), 545-549.

Davis, G., & Magee, W. (2001). Clinical improvisation within neurological disease - Exploring the effect of structured clinical improvisation on the expressive and interactive responses of a patient with Huntington's Disease. British Journal of Music Therapy, 15(2), 51-60.

de Dreu, M. J., van der Wilk, A. S. D., Poppe, E., Kwakkel, G., & van Wegen, E. E. H. (2012). Rehabilitation, exercise therapy and music in patients with Parkinson's disease: A meta-analysis of the effects of music-based movement therapy on walking ability, balance and quality of life. Parkinsonism and Related Disorders, 18(Supplement 1), S114-S119.

Dellacherie, D., Ehrle, N., & Samson, S. (2008). Is the neutral condition relevant to study musical emotion in patients? Music Perception, 25(4), 285-294.

Durham, C. (2002). A Music Therapy Group in a Neurological Rehabilitation Ward. In A. Davies & E. Richards (Eds.), Music Therapy and Group Work: Sound Company (pp. 105-119). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Ellis, R. J., Koenig, J., & Thayer, J. F. (2012). Getting to the heart: Autonomic nervous system function in the context of evidence-based music therapy. Music and Medicine, 4(2), 90-99.

Evans, C., Canavan, M., Foy, C., Langford, R., & Proctor, R. (2012). Can group singing provide effective speech therapy for people with Parkinson's disease? Arts & Health, 4(1), 83-95.

Forsblom, A. (2012). Experiences of music listening and music therapy in acute stroke rehabilitation. PhD Thesis, University of Jyväskylä.

Fukui, H., & Toyoshima, K. (2008). Music facilitates the neurogenesis, regeneration and repair of neurons. Medical Hypotheses, 71(5), 765-769.

Gervin, A. (1991). Music therapy compensatory technique utilizing song lyrics during dressing to promote independence in the patient with a brain injury. Music Therapy Perspectives, 9(1), 87-90.

Gilbertson, S. (2003). Growing roots: Music therapy in neurosurgical rehabilitation. Music Therapy Today, 4(4), Retrieved from www.wfmt.info/Musictherapyworld/modules/mmmagazine/showarticle.php?articletoshow=76

Gilbertson, S. (2009). A reference standard bibliography: Music therapy with children who have experienced traumatic brain injury. Music and Medicine, 1(2), 129-139.

Gilbertson, S., & Aldridge, D. (2008). Music Therapy and Traumatic Brain Injury: A Light on a Dark Night. London: Jessica Kingsley.

Hartley, M. L., Turry, A., & Raghavan, P. (2010). The role of music and music therapy in aphasia rehabilitation. Music and Medicine, 2, 235-242.

Hayashi, A., Nagaoka, M., & Mizuno, Y. (2006). Music therapy in Parkinson's disease: Improvement of Parkinsonian gait and depression with rhythmic auditory stimulation. Parkinsonism and Related Disorders, 12, 76.

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 9: Neuro-disability and Rehabilitation

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 45 -

Hitchen, H., Magee, W. L., & Soeterik, S. (2010). Music therapy in the treatment of patients with neuro-behavioural disorders stemming from acquired brain injury. Nordic Journal of Music Therapy, 19(1), 63-78.

Holten, S. L. (2006). Neurologic music therapy interventions to improve sensorimotor functioning in people with Parkinson's disease. Movement Disorders, 21, 141.

Hurkmans, J., de Bruijn, M., Boonstra, A. M., Jonkers, R., Bastiaanse, R., Arendzen, H., et al. (2012). Music in the treatment of neurological language and speech disorders: A systematic review. Aphasiology, 26(1), 1-19.

Hurt, C. P., Rice, R. R., McIntosh, G. C., & Thaut, M. H. (1998). Rhythmic auditory stimulation in gait training for patients with traumatic brain injury. Journal of Music Therapy, 35(4), 228-241.

Hyson, C., Oliva, R., LaDonna, K. A., Akwaa, F., Richards, J., & Sahler, O. J. (2005). A pilot study of music therapy in Huntington's disease. Journal of Neurology Neurosurgery and Psychiatry, 76, A27-A54. Retrieved from http://jnnp.bmj.com/content/76/suppl_4/A27.full

Jentschke, S., Koelsch, S., Sallat, S., & Friederici, A. D. (2008). Children with specific language impairment also show impairment of music-syntactic processing. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 20(11), 1940-1951.

Jeong, E. (2013). Psychometric validation of a music-based attention assessment: Revised for patients with traumatic brain injury. Journal of Music Therapy, 50(2), 66-92.

Jeong, E., & Lesiuk, T. (2011). Development and preliminary evaluation of a music-based attention assessment for patients with traumatic brain injury. Journal of Music Therapy, 48(4), 551-572.

Jeong, S., & Kim, M. (2007). Effects of a theory-driven music and movement program for stroke survivors in a community setting. Applied Nursing Research, 20(3), 125-131.

Jochims, S. (2004). Music therapy in the area of conflict between functional and psychotherapeutic approach within the field of neurology/neurorehabilitation. Nordic Journal of Music Therapy, 13(2), 161-171.

Jun, E. M., Roh, Y. H., & Kim, M. J. (2013). The effect of music‐movement therapy on physical and psychological states of stroke patients. Journal of Clinical Nursing, 22(1-2), 22-31.

Kaeder, M., Schmid, W., Thomas, O., & Aldridge, D. (2005). A pilot study of music therapy in the treatment of multiple sclerosis patients. Multiple Sclerosis, 11, S90.

Khalfa, S., Delbe, C., Bigand, E., Reynaud, E., Chauvel, P., & Liegeois-Chauvel, C. (2008). Positive and negative music recognition reveals a specialization of mesio-temporal structures in epileptic patients. Music Perception, 25(4), 295-302.

Kim, D. S., Park, Y. G., Choi, J. H., Im, S. H., Jung, K. J., Cha, Y. A., et al. (2011). Effects of music therapy on mood in stroke patients. Yonsei Medical Journal, 52(6), 977-981.

Kim, M., & Tomaino, C. M. (2008). Protocol evaluation for effective music therapy for persons with non-fluent aphasia. Topics in Stroke Rehabilitation, 15(6), 555-569.

Klaphajone, J., Thaikruea, L., Boontrakulpoontawee, M., Vivatwongwana, P., Kanongnuch, S., & Tantong, A. (2013). Assessment of music therapy for rehabilitation among physically disabled people in Chiang Mai Province: A pilot study. Music and Medicine, 5(1), 23-30.

Kreutz, G., Murcia, C. Q., & Bongard, S. (2012). Psychoneuroendocrine Research on Music and Health: An Overview. In R. MacDonald, G. Kreutz & L. Mitchell (Eds.), Music, Health, and Wellbeing (pp. 457-476). Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Krout, R. (2007). Music listening to facilitate relaxation and promote wellness: Integrated aspects of our neurophysiological responses to music. The Arts in Psychotherapy, 34(2), 134-141.

LaGasse, B., & Thaut, M. (2012). Music and Rehabilitation: Neurological Approaches. In R. MacDonald, G. Kreutz & L. Mitchell (Eds.), Music, Health, and Wellbeing (pp. 153-163). Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Lazic, S., & Ogilvie, R. (2007). Lack of efficacy of music to improve sleep: A polysomnographic and quantitative EEG analysis. International Journal of Psychophysiology, 63(3), 232-239.

Leathem, J. (2001). Music and the brain: The interface with rehabilitation. The New Zealand Journal of Music Therapy, 48-55.

Lebrun-Guillaud, G., Tillmann, B., & Justus, T. (2008). Perception of tonal and temporal structures in chord sequences by patients with cerebellar damage. Music Perception, 25(4), 271-283.

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 9: Neuro-disability and Rehabilitation

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 46 -

Loewy, J., Hallan, C., Friedman, E., & Martinez, C. (2006). Sleep/sedation in children undergoing EEG testing: A comparison of chloral hydrate and music therapy. American Journal of Electroneurodiagnostic Technology, 46(4), 343-355.

Magee, W. (1995). Case studies in Huntingdon's disease: Music therapy assessment and treatment in the early to advanced stages. British Journal of Music Therapy, 9(2), 13-19.

Magee, W. (1999). Music therapy within brain injury rehabilitation: To what extent is our clinical practice influenced by the search for outcomes? Music Therapy Perspectives, 17(1), 20-26.

Magee, W. (2005). Music therapy with patients in low awareness states: Approaches to assessment and treatment in multidisciplinary care. Neuropsychological Rehabilitation, 15(3/4), 522-536.

Magee, W. (2007). Development of a music therapy assessment tool for patients in low awareness states. NeuroRehabilitation, 22, 319-324.

Magee, W. (2007). Music as a diagnostic tool in low awareness states: Considering limbic responses. Brain Injury, 21(6), 593-599.

Magee, W., & Andrews, K. (2007). Multi-disciplinary perceptions of music therapy in complex neuro-rehabilitation. International Journal of Therapy and Rehabilitation, 14(2), 70-75.

Magee, W., Brumfitt, S. M., Freeman, M., & Davidson, J. (2006). The role of music therapy in an interdisciplinary approach to address functional communication in complex neuro-communication disorders: A case report. Disability and Rehabilitation, 28(19), 1221-1229.

Magee, W., & Davidson, J. W. (2002). The effect of music therapy on mood states in neurological patients: A pilot study. Journal of Music Therapy, 39(1), 20-29.

Magee, W., & Davidson, J. W. (2004). Singing in therapy: Monitoring disease process in chronic degenerative illness. British Journal of Music Therapy, 18(2), 65-77.

Magee, W. L., & Baker, M. (2009). The use of music therapy in neuro-rehabilitation of people with acquired brain injury. British Journal of Neuroscience Nursing, 5(4), 150-156.

McDonald, C., & Stewart, L. (2008). Uses and functions of music in congenital amusia. Music Perception, 25(4), 345-355.

Nayak, S., Wheeler, B. L., Shiflett, S. C., & Agostinelli, S. (2000). Effect of music therapy on mood and social interaction among individuals with acute traumatic brain injury and stroke. Rehabilitation Psychology, 45(3), 274-283.

Neugebauer, C. T., Serghiou, M., Herndon, D. N., & Suman, O. E. (2008). Effects of a 12-week rehabilitation program with music and exercise groups on range of motion in young children with severe burns. Journal of Burn Care and Research, 29(6), 939-948.

Nickel, A. K., Hillecke, T. K., Oelkers-Ax, R., & al., e. (2005). Effectiveness of music therapy in the treatment of children with migraine headache. Cephalalgia, 25(8), 659.

Ogawa, T., Ota, S., Ito, S. I., Mitsukura, Y., Fukumi, M., & Akamatsu, N. (2005). Influence of music listening on the cerebral activity by analyzing EEG. Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelligence, 3681, 657-663.

O'Kelly, J., & Magee, W. (2013). Music therapy with disorders of consciousness and neuroscience: The need for dialogue. Nordic Journal of Music Therapy, 22(2), 93-106.

Osborne, N. (2012). Neuroscience and “real world” practice: Music as a therapeutic resource for children in zones of conflict. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 1252(1), 69-76.

Ostermann, T., & Schmid, W. (2006). Music therapy in the treatment of multiple sclerosis: A comprehensive literature review. Expert Review of Neurotherapeutics, 6(4), 469-477.

Pacchetti, C., Mancini, F., Aglieri, R., Fundaro, C., Martignoni, E., & Nappi, G. (2000). Active music therapy in Parkinson’s disease: An integrative method for motor and emotional rehabilitation. Psychosomatic Medicine, 62, 386-393.

Pohl, P., Dizdar, N., & Hallert, E. (2013). The Ronnie Gardiner Rhythm and Music method: A feasibility study in Parkinson's disease. Disability and Rehabilitation, 35(26), 2197-2204.

Purdie, H. (1997). Music therapy with adults who have traumatic brain injury and stroke. British Journal of Music Therapy, 11(2), 45-50.

Purdie, H., & Baldwin, S. (1994). Music therapy: Challenging low self-esteem in people with a stroke. British Journal of Music Therapy, 8(2), 19-24.

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 9: Neuro-disability and Rehabilitation

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 47 -

Racette, A., Bard, C., & Peretz, I. (2006). Making non-fluent aphasics speak: Sing along! Brain: A Journal of Neurology, 129, 2571-2584.

Raglio, A., Bellelli, G., Traficante, D., Gianotti, M., Ubezio, M. C., Villani, D., et al. (2008). Efficacy of music therapy in the treatment of behavioral and psychiatric symptoms of dementia. Alzheimer Disease and Associated Disorders, 22(2), 158-162.

Ramsey, D. (2011). Designing musically assisted rehabilitation systems. Music and Medicine, 3(3), 141-145.

Rodriguez-Fornells, A., Rojo, N., Amengual, J. L., Ripollés, P., Altenmüller, E., & Münte, T. F. (2012). The involvement of audio–motor coupling in the music-supported therapy applied to stroke patients. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 1252(1), 282-293.

Rojo, N., Amengual, J., Juncadella, M., Rubio, F., Camara, E., Marco-Pallares, J., et al. (2011). Music-supported therapy induces plasticity in the sensorimotor cortex in chronic stroke: A single-case study using multimodal imaging (fMRI-TMS). Brain Injury, 25(7-8), 787-793.

Särkämö, T., & Soto, D. (2012). Music listening after stroke: beneficial effects and potential neural mechanisms. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 1252(1), 266-281.

Särkämö, T., Tervaniemi, M., Laitinen, S., Forsblom, A., Soinila, S., Mikkonen, M., et al. (2008). Music listening enhances cognitive recovery and mood after middle cerebral artery stroke. Brain: A Journal of Neurology, 131(3), 866-876.

Satoh, M., & Kuzuhara, S. (2008). Training in mental singing while walking improves gait disturbance in Parkinson's disease patients. European Neurology, 60(5), 237-243.

Schlaug, G., Marchina, S., & Norton, A. (2008). From singing to speaking: Why singing may lead to recovery of expressive language function in patients with Broca's aphasia. Music Perception, 25(4), 315-323.

Schneider, S., Schonle, P., Altenmuller, E., & Muente, T. (2007). Using musical instruments to improve motor skill recovery following a stroke. Journal of Neurology Neurosurgery and Psychiatry, 254(10), 1339-1346.

Shankar, A., de Brain, N., Bonfield, S., Derwent, L., Eliasziw, M., Hu, B., et al. (2008). Benefit of music therapy in patients with Parkinson's disease: A randomized controlled trial. Movement Disorders, 23(1), 201.

Suzuki, M., Kanamori, M., Watanabe, M., Nagasawa, S., Kojima, E., Ooshiro, H., et al. (2004). Behavioral and endocrinological evaluation of music therapy for elderly patients with dementia. Nursing and Health Sciences, 6(1), 11-18.

Swallow, M. (2002). The Brain – its Music and its Emotion: The Neurology of Trauma. In J. Sutton (Ed.), Music, Music therapy and Trauma (pp. 41-53). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Tamplin, J. (2008). A pilot study into the effect of vocal exercises and singing on dysarthric speech. NeuroRehabilitation, 23(3), 207-216.

Thaut, M. (2007). Rhythm, Music, and the Brain: Scientific Foundations and Clinical Applications. New York: Routledge.

Thaut, M. H., Gardiner, J. C., Holmberg, D., Horwitz, J., Kent, L., Andrews, G., et al. (2009). Neurologic music therapy improves executive function and emotional adjustment in traumatic brain injury rehabilitation. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 1169(1), 406-416.

Thaut, M. H., Peterson, D. A., Sena, K. M., & Mcintosh, G. C. (2008). Musical structure facilitates verbal learning in multiple sclerosis. Music Perception, 25(4), 325-330.

Tomaino, C. M. (2006). Music therapy to benefit individuals with Parkinson's disease. Movement Disorders, 21, 29.

Tramo, M. J., Cariani, P. A., Koh, C. K., Makris, N., & Braida, L. D. (2005). Neurophysiology and neuroanatomy of pitch perception: Auditory cortex. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 1060(1), 148-174.

Turner, R., & Ioannides, A. (2009). Brain, Music and Musicality: Inferences from Neuroimaging. In S. Malloch & C. Trevarthen (Eds.), Communicative Musicality: Exploring the Basis of Human Companionship (pp. 147-185). Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Van Beek, S. (2012). Enhancing quality of life through singing: A music therapy study into Huntington's disease. Master Thesis, The New Zealand School of Music. Retrieved from http://hdl.handle.net/10179/4160

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 9: Neuro-disability and Rehabilitation

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 48 -

Walworth, D., Rumana, C. S., Nguyen, J., & Jarred, J. (2008). Effects of live music therapy sessions on quality of life indicators, medications administered and hospital length of stay for patients undergoing elective surgical procedures for brain. Journal of Music Therapy, 45(3), 349-359.

Wheeler, B. L., Shiflett, S. C., & Nayak, S. (2003). Effects of number of sessions and group or individual music therapy on the mood and behavior of people who have had strokes or traumatic brain injuries. Nordic Journal of Music Therapy, 12(2), 139-151.

Wigram, T., & DeBacker, J. (Eds.). (1999). Clinical Applications of Music Therapy in Developmental Disability, Pediatrics and Neurology. London: Jessica Kingsley.

Wilson, S. J., Parsons, K., & Reutens, D. C. (2006). Preserved singing in aphasia: A case study of the efficacy of melodic intonation therapy. Music Perception, 24(1), 23-35.

Wilson, S. J., & Saling, M. M. (2008). Contributions of the right and left mesial temporal lobes to music memory: Evidence from melodic learning difficulties. Music Perception, 25(4), 303-314.

Wood, S., Verney, R., & Atkinson, J. (2004). From Therapy to Community: Making Music in Neurological Rehabilitation. In M. Pavlicevic & G. Ansdell (Eds.), Community Music Therapy (pp. 48-62). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Other useful resources

Journals

International Journal of Therapy and Rehabilitation

Journal of Alzheimer's Disease

Journal of Parkinson's Disease

Journal of Pediatric Neurology

NeuroRehabilitation

Rehabilitation Psychology

Restorative Neurology and Neuroscience

Websites

Academy of Neurologic Music Therapy www.colostate.edu/Dept/cbrm/academymissionstatement.html

The Brain Injury Association, www.headway.org.uk

British Association for Music Therapy: Neuro-disability Network (membership / password required), www.bamt.org/british-association-for-music-therapy-members/british-association-for-music-therapy-networks/neuro-disability-network.html

Health Professions Council (HPC), www.hpc-uk.org

Institute for Music and Neurologic Function (IMNF), http://musictherapy.imnf.org

The Royal Hospital for Neuro-Disability (RHN), www.rhn.org.uk

Relevant UK Policy Documents

Department of Health Response to the MEND Association’s Correspondence Campaign for a National

Strategy for Motor Neurone Disease (Department of Health, October 2010)

http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/20130107105354/http://www.dh.gov.uk/prod_consum_dh/grou

ps/dh_digitalassets/documents/digitalasset/dh_120626.pdf

Response to the Formation of the All Party Parliamentary Group on Huntingdon’s Disease (Department

of Health, June 2010)

http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/+/www.dh.gov.uk/en/MediaCentre/Statements/DH_117108

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 9: Neuro-disability and Rehabilitation

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 49 -

Getting The Best From Neurological Services: A Guide for People Affected by Conditions of the Brain,

Spine and Nervous System (Department of Health, January 2009)

http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/20130107105354/http://www.dh.gov.uk/prod_consum_dh/grou

ps/dh_digitalassets/documents/digitalasset/dh_093974.pdf

The National Service Framework for Long Term Neurological Conditions National Support for Local

Implementation (Department of Health, May 2008)

http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/20130107105354/http://www.dh.gov.uk/prod_consum_dh/grou

ps/dh_digitalassets/@dh/@en/documents/digitalasset/dh_084580.pdf

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 9: Neuro-disability and Rehabilitation

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 50 -

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank

(3rd Edition, February 2014)

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 51 -

Account No. 10 Cancer Care

The Evidence Bank is developed by the Nordoff Robbins Research Department and provides a wealth of

Music Therapy and Music & Health references to research papers, journals, websites and policy

documents. Proposals for new entries can be emailed to: [email protected]

Selected bibliography (1990-2014) Aasgard, T. (2001). An ecology of love: Aspects of music therapy in the pediatric oncology environment.

Journal of Palliative Care, 17(3), 177-181.

Ahmadi, F. (2013). Music as a method of coping with cancer: A qualitative study among cancer patients in Sweden. Arts & Health, 5(2), 152-165.

Aldridge, D. (2003). Music therapy references relating to cancer and palliative care. British Journal of Music Therapy, 17(1), 17-25.

Barrera, M. E., Rykov, M. H., & Doyle, S. L. (2002). The effects of interactive music therapy on hospitalized children with cancer: A pilot study. Psycho-Oncology, 11(5), 379-388.

Beck, S. (1990). The therapeutic use of music for cancer-related pain. Oncology Nursing Forum, 18(8), 1327-1337.

Bozcuk, H., Artac, M., Kara, A., Ozdogan, M., Sualp, Y., Topcu, Z., et al. (2006). Does music exposure during chemotherapy improve quality of life in early breast cancer patients? A pilot study. Medical Science Monitor, 12(5), 200-205.

Bradt, J., Dileo, C., Grocke, D., & Magill, L. (2011). Music interventions for improving psychological and physical outcomes in cancer patients. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews, 10(8).

Bulfone, T., Quattrin, R., Zanotti, R., Regattin, L., & Brusaferro, S. (2009). Effectiveness of music therapy for anxiety reduction in women with breast cancer in chemotherapy treatment. Holistic Nursing Practice, 23(4), 238-242.

Bunt, L., Burns, S., & Turton, P. (2000). The evolution of a music therapy research programme at the Bristol Cancer Help Centre. British Journal of Music Therapy, 14(2), 62-69.

Bunt, L., & Marston-Wyld, J. (1995). Where words fail music takes over: A collaborative study by a music therapist and a counselor in the context of cancer care. Music Therapy Perspectives, 13(1), 46-50.

Burns, D. (2012). Theoretical rationale for music selection in oncology intervention research: An integrative review. Journal of Music Therapy, 49(1), 7-22.

Burns, D., Azzouz, F., Sledge, R., Rutledge, C., Hincher, K., Monahan, P., et al. (2008). Music imagery for adults with acute leukemia in protective environments: A feasibility study. Supportive Care in Cancer, 16(5), 507-513.

Burns, D. S., Sledge, R. B., Fuller, L. A., Daggy, J. K., & Monahan, P. O. (2005). Cancer patients' interest and preferences for music therapy. Music Therapy Perspectives, 42(3), 185-199.

Burns, S. J., Harbuz, M. S., Hucklebridge, F., & Bunt, L. (2001). A pilot study into the therapeutic effects of music therapy at a cancer help center. Alternative Therapies in Health and Medicine, 7(1), 48-56.

Canga, B., Hahm, C. L., Lucido, D., Grossbard, M. L., & Loewy, J. V. (2012). Environmental music therapy: A pilot study on the effects of music therapy in a chemotherapy infusion suite. Music and Medicine, 4(4), 221-230.

Chandrababu, R. (2013). Effectiveness of music therapy on bio-physiological parameters among patients following chemotherapy. The Journal of Nursing Trendz, 4(1), 30-33.

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 10: Cancer Care

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 52 -

Chaput-McGovern, J., & Silverman, M. J. (2012). Effects of music therapy with patients on a post-surgical oncology unit: A pilot study determining maintenance of immediate gains. The Arts in Psychotherapy, 39(5), 417-422.

Chuang, C. Y., Han, W. R., Li, P. C., Song, M. Y., & Young, S. T. (2011). Effect of long-term music therapy intervention on autonomic function in anthracycline-treated breast cancer patients. Integrative Cancer Therapies, 10(4), 312-316.

Clark, M., Isaacks-Downton, G., Wells, N., Redlin-Frazier, S., Eck, C., Hepworth, J. T., et al. (2006). Use of preferred music to reduce emotional distress and symptom activity during radiation therapy. Journal of Music Therapy, 43(3), 247-265.

Cook, E. L., & Silverman, M. (2013). Effects of music therapy on spirituality with patients on a medical oncology/hematology unit: A mixed-methods approach. The Arts in Psychotherapy, 40(2), 239-244.

Daveson, B. A. (2001). Music therapy and childhood cancer: Goals, methods, patient choice and control during diagnosis, intensive treatment, transplant and palliative care. Music Therapy Perspectives, 19(2), 114-120.

Daykin, N., Bunt, L., & McClean, S. (2006). Music and healing in cancer care: A survey of supportive care providers. The Arts in Psychotherapy, 33(5), 402-413.

Daykin, N., McClean, S., & Bunt, L. (2007). Creativity, identity and healing: Participants' accounts of music therapy in cancer care. Health: An Interdisciplinary Journal for the Social Study of Health, Illness and Medicine, 11(3), 349-370.

Docherty, S. L., Robb, S. L., Phillips-Salimi, C., Cherven, B., Stegenga, K., Hendricks-Ferguson, V., et al. (2012). Parental perspectives on a behavioral health music intervention for adolescent/young adult resilience during cancer treatment: Report from the children's oncology group. Journal of Adolescent Health, 52(2), 170-178.

Forrest, L. (2011). Supportive cancer care at the end of life: Mapping the cultural landscape in palliative care and music therapy. Music and Medicine, 3(1), 9-14.

Gimeno, M. (2010). The effect of music and imagery to induce relaxation and reduce nausea and emesis in patients with cancer undergoing chemotherapy treatment. Music and Medicine, 2(3), 174-181.

Greco, A. (2013). Effects of music on anxiety and pain in the diagnosis and treatment of patients with breast cancer. Master thesis, Pacific University Oregon. Retrieved from http://commons.pacificu.edu/pa/432

Hanser, S., Bauer-Wu, S., Kubicek, L., Healey, M., Bunnell, C., & Manola, J. (2005). Effects of a music therapy intervention for women with metastatic breast cancer. Oncology Nursing Forum, 32(1), 185-186.

Hilliard, R. (2003). The effects of music therapy on the quality and length of life of people diagnosed with terminal cancer. Journal of Music Therapy, 40(2), 113-137.

Hilliard, R. E. (2006). The effect of music therapy sessions on compassion fatigue and team building of professional hospice caregivers. The Arts in Psychotherapy, 33, 395-401.

Igawa-Silva, W., Wu, S., & Harrigan, R. (2007). Music and cancer pain management. Hawaii Medical Journal, 66(11), 292-295.

Jackson, M. (1996). Music therapy for living: A case study on a woman with terminal breast cancer. Journal of Palliative Care, 12(3), 69-69.

Jorda, E. G. (2008). Music therapy in oncology. Clinical and Translational Oncology, 10(12), 774-776.

Joske, D. J. L., Rao, A., & Kristjanson, L. (2006). Critical review of complementary therapies in haemato-oncology. Internal Medicine Journal, 36, 579-586.

Karagozoglu, S., Tekyasar, F., & Yilmaz, F. A. (2013). Effects of music therapy and guided visual imagery on chemotherapy‐induced anxiety and nausea–vomiting. Journal of Clinical Nursing, 22(1-2), 39-50.

Kemper, K. J., Hamilton, C. A., McLean, T. W., & Lovato, J. (2008). Impact of music on pediatric oncology outpatients. Pediatric Research, 64(1), 105-109.

Kenyon, T. (2007). Effects of music therapy on surgical and cancer patients. Breast Care, 2(4), 217-220.

Kerkvliet, G. J. (1990). Music therapy may help control cancer pain. Journal of the National Cancer Institute, 82(5), 350-352.

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 10: Cancer Care

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 53 -

Kruse, J. (2003). Music therapy in United States cancer settings: Recent trends in practice. Music Therapy Perspectives, 21(2), 89-98.

Kulkarni, S., Johnson, P., Kettles, S., & Kasthuri, R. (2012). Music during interventional radiological procedures, effect on sedation, pain and anxiety: A randomised controlled trial. British Journal of Radiology, 85(1016), 1059-1063.

Kwekkeboom, K. L. (2003). Music versus distraction for procedural pain and anxiety in patients with cancer. Oncology Nursing Forum, 30(3), 433-440.

Lai, H. L., Li, Y. M., & Lee, L. H. (2012). Effects of music intervention with nursing presence and recorded music on psycho‐physiological indices of cancer patient caregivers. Journal of Clinical Nursing,

21(5‐6), 745-756.

Li, X. M., Yan, H., Zhou, K. N., Dang, S. N., Wang, D. L., & Zhang, Y. P. (2011). Effects of music therapy on pain among female breast cancer patients after radical mastectomy: Results from a randomized controlled trial. Breast Cancer Research and Treatment, 128(2), 411-419.

Li, X. M., Zhou, K. N., Yan, H., Wang, D. L., & Zhang, Y. P. (2012). Effects of music therapy on anxiety of patients with breast cancer after radical mastectomy: A randomized clinical trial. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 68(5), 1145-1155.

Lin, M. F., Hsieh, Y. J., Hsu, Y. Y., Fetzer, S., & Hsu, M. C. (2011). A randomised controlled trial of the effect of music therapy and verbal relaxation on chemotherapy-induced anxiety. Journal of Clinical Nursing, 20(7-8), 988-999.

Loewy, J. (2007). Music Therapy. In J. Barraclough (Ed.), Enhancing Cancer Care: Complementary Therapy and Support (pp. 211-220). Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Magill, L. (2008). The spiritual meaning of music therapy to surviving caregivers of advanced cancer patients. Journal of Palliative Care, 24(3), 199.

Magill, L., & Berenson, S. (2008). The conjoint use of music therapy and reflexology with hospitalized advanced stage cancer patients and their families. Palliative and Supportive Care in Cancer, 6(3), 289-296.

Magill, L., Levin, T., & Spodek, L. (2008). One-session music therapy and CBT for critically ill cancer patients. Psychiatric Services, 59(10), 1216.

Mansky, P. J., & Wallerstedt, D. B. (2006). Complementary medicine in palliative care and cancer symptom management. The Cancer Journal, 12(5), 425-431.

McClean, S., Bunt, L., & Daykin, N. (2012). The healing and spiritual properties of music therapy at a cancer care center. Journal of Complementary Medicine.

Newell, S. A., Sanson-Fisher, R. W., & Savolainen, N. J. (2002). Systematic review of psychological therapies for cancer patients: Overview and recommendations for future research. Journal of the National Cancer Institute, 94(8), 558-584.

Nguyen, T. N., Nilsson, S., Hellstrom, A. L., & Bengtson, A. (2010). Music therapy to reduce pain and anxiety in children with cancer undergoing lumbar puncture: A randomized clinical trial. Journal of Pediatric Oncology Nursing, 27(3), 146-155.

O’Callaghan, C., & Barry, P. (2009). Music therapists’ practice-based research in cancer and palliative care: Creative methods and situated findings. Voices: A World Forum for Music Therapy, 9(3), Retrieved from https://normt.uib.no/index.php/voices/article/viewArticle/53/255

O’Callaghan, C., & Colegrove, V. (1998). Effect of the music therapy introduction when engaging hospitalized cancer patients. Music Therapy Perspectives, 16(2), 67-74.

O’Callaghan, C., & McDermott, F. (2004). Music therapy’s relevance in a cancer hospital researched through a constructivist lens. Journal of Music Therapy, 41(2), 151-185.

O’Callaghan, C., & McDermott, F. (2007). Discourse analysis reframes oncologic music therapy research findings. The Arts in Psychotherapy, 34(5), 398-408.

O’Callaghan, C., O’Brien, E., Magill, L., & Ballinger, E. (2009). Resounding attachment: Cancer inpatients’ song lyrics for their children in music therapy. Supportive Care in Cancer, 17(9), 1149-1157.

O'Callaghan, C. (2000). Bringing music to life: A study of music therapy and palliative care experiences in a cancer hospital. Journal of Palliative Care, 17(3), 155-160.

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 10: Cancer Care

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 54 -

O'Callaghan, C. (2006). Clinical issues: Music therapy in an adult cancer inpatient treatment setting. Journal Society Integrative Oncology, 4(2), 57-61.

O'Callaghan, C., Dun, B., Baron, A., & Barry, P. (2013). Music's relevance for children with cancer: Music therapists' qualitative clinical data-mining research. Social Work in Health Care, 52(2-3), 125-143.

O'Callaghan, C., Sexton, K. J. M., & Wheeler, G. (2007). Music therapy as a non-pharmacologic anxiolytic for paediatric radiotherapy patients. Australasian Radiology, 51(2), 159-162.

Olofsson, A., & Fossum, B. (2009). Perspectives on music therapy in adult cancer care: A hermeneutic study. Oncology Nursing Forum, 36(4), E223-231.

Popkin, K., Levin, T., Lichtenthal, W., Redl, N., Rothstein, H., Siegel, D., et al. (2011). A pilot music therapy-centered grief intervention for nurses and ancillary staff working in cancer settings. Music and Medicine, 3(1), 40-46.

Pothoulaki, M., MacDonald, R., & Flowers, P. (2005). Music interventions in oncology settings: A systematic literature review. British Journal of Music Therapy, 19(2), 75-83.

Pothoulaki, M., MacDonald, R., & Flowers, P. (2006). Methodological issues in music interventions in oncology settings: A systematic literature review. The Arts in Psychotherapy, 33, 446-455.

Pothoulaki, M., MacDonald, R., & Flowers, P. (2012). An interpretative phenomenological analysis of an improvisational music therapy program for cancer patients. Music Therapy Perspectives, 49(1), 45-67.

Pratt, D. A. (2008). The effects of vibroacoustic therapy and music on anxiety in patients undergoing breast biopsy. American Journal of Clinical Oncology, 31(5), 518.

Renz, M., Mao, M., & Cerny, T. (2005). Spirituality, psychotherapy and music in palliative cancer care: Research projects in psycho-oncology at an oncology center in Switzerland. Supportive Care in Cancer, 13(12), 961-966.

Richardson, M. M., Babiak-Vazquez, A. E., & Frenkel, M. A. (2008). Music therapy in a comprehensive cancer center. Journal of the Society for Integrative Oncology, 6(2), 76-81.

Robb, S. L., Clair, A. A., Watanabe, M., Monahan, P. O., Azzouz, F., Stouffer, J. W., et al. (2008). Randomized controlled trial of the active music engagement (AME) intervention on children with cancer. Psycho-Oncology, 17(7), 699-708.

Romito, F., Lagattolla, F., Costanzo, C., Giotta, F., & Mattioli, V. (2013). Music therapy and emotional expression during chemotherapy. How do breast cancer patients feel? European Journal of Integrative Medicine, 5(5), 438-442.

Rykov, M. H. (2008). Experiencing music therapy cancer support. Journal of Health Psychology, 13(2), 190-200.

Sagar, S. M. (2006). Integrative oncology in North America. Journal of the Society for Integrative Oncology, 4(1), 27-39.

Standley, J. (1992). Clinical applications of music and chemotherapy: The effects on nausea and emesis. Music Therapy Perspectives, 10(1), 27-35.

Standley, J. M., & Hanser, S. B. (1995). Music therapy research and applications in pediatric oncology treatment. Journal of Pediatric Oncology Nursing, 12(1), 3-8.

Tobia, D. M., Shamos, E. F., Harper, D. M., Walch, S. E., & Currie, J. L. (1999). The benefits of group music at the 1996 music weekend for women with cancer. Journal of Cancer Education, 14(2), 115-119.

Vickers, A. J., & Cassileth, B. R. (2001). Unconventional therapies for cancer and cancer related symptoms. Lancet Oncology, 2(4), 226-232.

Waldon, E. (2001). The effects of group music therapy on mood states and cohesiveness in adult oncology patients. Journal of Music Therapy, 38(3), 212-238.

Wells, N., Clark, M., Isaacs-Downton, G., & Eck, C. (2005). The use of music therapy in reducing symptoms of radiation therapy. Oncology Nursing Forum, 32(1), 175.

Wormit, A. F., Warth, M., Koenig, J., Hillecke, T. K., & Bardenheuer, H. J. (2012). Evaluating a treatment manual for music therapy in adult outpatient oncology care. Music and Medicine, 4(2), 65-73.

Zhang, J.-M., Wang, P., Yao, J.-x., Zhao, L., Davis, M., Walsh, D., et al. (2012). Music interventions for psychological and physical outcomes in cancer: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Supportive Care in Cancer, 20(12), 3043-3053.

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 10: Cancer Care

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 55 -

Zhou, K. N., Li, X. M., Yan, H., Dang, S. N., & Wang, D. L. (2011). Effects of music therapy on depression and duration of hospital stay of breast cancer patients after radical mastectomy. Chinese Medical Journal, 124(15), 2321-2327.

Other useful resources

Journals

British Journal of Cancer

The Cancer Journal

Cancer Research

Cancer Research, Therapy and Control

European Journal of Cancer

European Journal of Pain

European Oncology

Journal of Cancer

Journal of Cancer Research and Therapeutics

The Open Cancer Journal

Palliative Medicine

Supportive Care in Cancer

Websites

Association for International Cancer Research, www.aicr.org.uk

Cancer Advice, www.canceradvice.co.uk

Cancer Buddies Network, www.cancerbuddiesnetwork.org

Cancer Index, www.cancerindex.org

Cancer Recovery Foundation, www.cancerrecovery.org.uk

Cancer Research UK, www.cancerresearchuk.org

The European Association for Cancer Research, www.eacr.org

Maggie’s Cancer Caring Centre, www.maggiescentres.org

The National Coalition for Cancer Survivorship, www.canceradvocacy.org

Support Line, www.supportline.org.uk/problems/cancer.php

World Cancer Research Fund, www.wcrf-uk.org

Relevant UK Policy Documents

Helping More People Survive Cancer (Department of Health, March 2013) www.gov.uk/government/policies/helping-more-people-survive-cancer

Improving Outcomes: A Strategy for Cancer - Second Annual Report, 2012 (Department of Health, March 2013) www.gov.uk/government/publications/the-national-cancer-strategy-second-annual-report

Improving Outcomes: A Strategy for Cancer - First Annual Report 2011 (Department of Health, December 2011) www.dh.gov.uk/en/Publicationsandstatistics/Publications/PublicationsPolicyAndGuidance/DH_131690

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 10: Cancer Care

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 56 -

Commissioning Cancer Services (Department of Health, July 2011) www.gov.uk/government/publications/commissioning-cancer-services

Cancer Reform Strategy (Department of Health, December 2007) http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/20130107105354/http://www.dh.gov.uk/prod_consum_dh/groups/dh_digitalassets/documents/digitalasset/dh_081007.pdf

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank

(3rd Edition, February 2014)

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 57 -

Account No. 11 Elderly and Dementia Care

The Evidence Bank is developed by the Nordoff Robbins Research Department and provides a wealth of

Music Therapy and Music & Health references to research papers, journals, websites and policy

documents. Proposals for new entries can be emailed to: [email protected]

Selected bibliography (1990-2014) Aldridge, D. (Ed.). (2000). Music Therapy in Dementia Care. London: Jessica Kingsley.

Aldridge, D. (2000). Overture: It's Not What You Do but the Way that You Do It. In D. Aldridge (Ed.), Music Therapy in Dementia Care (pp. 9-32). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Aldridge, D., & Brandt, G. (1991). Music therapy and Alzheimer's disease. British Journal of Music Therapy, 5(2), 28-37.

Aldridge, G. (2000). Improvisation as an Assessment of Potential in Early Alzheimer's Disease. In D. Aldridge (Ed.), Music Therapy in Dementia Care (pp. 139-165). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Armstrong, L. (2002). Communication in day care: Talking without words. Journal of Dementia Care, 18-19.

Ashida, S. (2000). The effect of reminiscence music therapy sessions on changes in depressive symptoms in elderly persons with dementia. Journal of Music Therapy, 37(3), 170-182.

Baker, F. A., & Ballantyne, J. (2013). “You've got to accentuate the positive”: Group songwriting to promote a life of enjoyment, engagement and meaning in aging Australians. Nordic Journal of Music Therapy, 22(1), 7-24.

Baker, S. (2006). Taking note of music. Journal of Dementia Care, 14(1), 14-15.

Bannan, N., & Montgomery-Smith, C. (2008). Singing for the brain: Reflections on the human capacity for music arising from a pilot study of group singing with Alzheimer's patients. Perspectives in Public Health, 128(2), 73-78.

Belgrave, M., Darrow, A.-A., Walworth, D., & Wlodarczyk, N. (2011). Music Therapy and Geriatric Populations: A Handbook for Practicing Music Therapists and Healthcare Professionals. Silver Spring, MD: AMTA.

Brotons, M. (2000). An Overview of the Music Therapy Literature Relating to Elderly People. In D. Aldridge (Ed.), Music Therapy in Dementia Care (pp. 33-62). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Brotons, M., & Koger, S. M. (2000). The impact of music therapy on language functioning in dementia. Journal of Music Therapy, 37(3), 183-195.

Brotons, M., Koger, S. M., & Pickett-Cooper, P. (1997). Music and dementias: A review of literature. Journal of Music Therapy, 34(4), 204–245.

Brotons, M., & Martí, P. (2003). Music therapy with Alzheimer’s patients and their family caregivers: A pilot project. Journal of Music Therapy, 40, 138-150.

Brown, S., Goteel, E., & Ekman, S. L. (2001). Singing as a therapeutic intervention in dementia care. Journal of Dementia Care, July/August 2001, 33-37.

Bruer, R. A., Spitznagel, E., & Cloninger, C. R. (2007). The temporal limits of cognitive change from music therapy in elderly persons with dementia or dementia-like cognitive impairment: A randomized controlled trial. Journal of Music Therapy, 44(4), 308-328.

Buron, B. (2007). Levels of personhood: A model for dementia care. Geriatric Nursing, 29(5), 324-332.

Castelino, A., Fisher, M., Hoskyns, S., Zeng, I., & Waite, A. (2013). The effect of group music therapy on anxiety, depression and quality of life in older adults with psychiatric disorders. Australasian Psychiatry, 21(5), 506-507.

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 11: Elderly and Dementia Care

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 58 -

Ceccato, E., Vigato, G., Bonetto, C., Bevilacqua, A., Pizziolo, P., Crociani, S., et al. (2012). STAM protocol in dementia: A multicenter, single-blind, randomized, and controlled trial. American Journal of Alzheimer's Disease and Other Dementias, 27(5), 301-310.

Chan, M. F. (2011). A randomised controlled study of the effects of music on sleep quality in older people. Journal of Clinical Nursing, 20(7-8), 979-987.

Chan, M. F., Wong, Z. Y., Onishi, H., & Thayala, N. V. (2012). Effects of music on depression in older people: a randomised controlled trial. Journal of Clinical Nursing, 21(5‐6), 776-783.

Choi, A. N., Lee, M. S., Cheong, K. J., & Lee, J. S. (2009). Effects of group music intervention on behavioral and psychological symptoms in patients with dementia: A pilot-controlled trial. International Journal of Neuroscience, 119(4), 471-481.

Chou, K.-R., & Lin, Y. (2012). P-444-The effectiveness of group music therapy to improve depression and cognition status in elderly persons with dementia. European Psychiatry, 27(1), 1.

Chu, H., Yang, C.-Y., Lin, Y., Ou, K.-L., Lee, T.-Y., O'Brien, A. P., et al. (2013). The impact of group music therapy on depression and cognition in elderly persons with dementia: A randomized controlled study. Biological Research for Nursing, Advance online publication.

Clair, A. A. (1996). The effect of singing on alert responses in persons with late stage dementia. Journal of Music Therapy, XXXIII(4), 234-247.

Clair, A. A. (2000). The Importance of Singing with Elderly Patients. In D. Aldridge (Ed.), Music Therapy in Dementia Care (pp. 81-101). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Clark, M. E., Lipe, A. W., & Bilbrey, M. (1998). Use of music to decrease aggressive behaviors in people with dementia. Journal of Gerontological Nursing, 24(7), 10-17.

Clément, S., Tonini, A., Khatir, F., Schiaratura, L., & Samson, S. (2012). Short and longer term effects of musical intervention in severe Alzheimer's disease. Music Perception: An Interdisciplinary Journal, 29(5), 533-541.

Colegrove, V. (1995). The use of taped music with validation techniques to support the imagery of a disoriented older woman with multi-infarct dementia and glaucoma: A case study. The New Zealand Journal of Music Therapy, 42-45.

Cooke, M., Moyle, W., Shum, D., Harrison, S., & Murfield, J. (2010). A randomized controlled trial exploring the effect of music on quality of life and depression in older people with dementia. Journal of Health Psychology, 15(5), 765-776.

Cooke, M. L., Moyle, W., Shum, D. H., Harrison, S. D., & Murfield, J. E. (2010). A randomized controlled trial exploring the effect of music on agitated behaviours and anxiety in older people with dementia. Aging & Mental Health, 14(8), 905-916.

Creech, A., Hallam, S., Varvarigou, M., McQueen, H., & Gaunt, H. (2013). Active music making: A route to enhanced subjective well-being among older people. Perspectives in Public Health, 133(1), 36-43.

de Vries, P. (2012). Intergenerational music making a phenomenological study of three older Australians making music with children. Journal of Research in Music Education, 59(4), 339-356.

Dodds, P. (2004). Using pre-therapy techniques in dementia care. Journal of Dementia Care, March/April 2004, 25-28.

Engström, G., Hammar, L. M., Williams, C., & Götell, E. (2011). The impact of singing in caring for a person with dementia: Single case analysis of video recorded sessions. Music and Medicine, 3(2), 95-101.

Ferri, C. P. e. a. (2005). Global prevalence of dementia: A Delphi consensus study. The Lancet (British ed. Online), 366(9503), 2112-2117.

Fratiglioni, L., Wang, H. X., Ericsson, K., Maytan, M., & Winblad, B. (2000). Influence of social network on occurrence of dementia: A community-based longitudinal study. The Lancet (British ed. Online), 355(9212), 1315-1319.

Gerdner, L. A. (1999). Individualized music intervention protocol. Journal of Gerontological Nursing, 25(10), 10-16.

Gerdner, L. A. (2000). Effects of individualized versus classical “relaxation” music on the frequency of agitation in elderly persons with Alzheimer’s disease and related disorders. International Psychogeriatrics, 12(1), 49-65.

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 11: Elderly and Dementia Care

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 59 -

Gerdner, L. A. (2005). Use of individualized music by trained staff and family: Translating research into practice. Journal of Gerontological Nursing, 31(6), 22-30.

Gerdner, L. A., Hamed, S. A., Elserogy, Y. B., Abdou, M. A., & Abdellah, M. M. (2012). Individualized music for dementia: Evolution and application of evidence-based protocol. World Journal of Psychiatry, 22(2), 26-32.

Gerdner, L. A., & Schoenfelder, D. P. (2010). Evidence-based guideline. Individualized music for elders with dementia. Journal of Gerontological Nursing, 36(6), 7-15.

Gilson, T. (2012). Is music therapy effective in improving the quality of life in dementia patients? PCOM Physician Assistant Studies Student Scholarship, Paper 89, Retrieved from http://digitalcommons.pcom.edu/pa_systematic_reviews/89

Gold, K. (2013). But does it do any good? Measuring the impact of music therapy on people with advanced dementia. Dementia: The International Journal of Social Research and Practice, Advance online publication.

Goodall, D., & Etters, L. (2005). The therapeutic use of music on agitated behavior in those with dementia. Holistic Nursing Practice, 19(6), 258–262.

Gotell, E., Brown, S., & Ekman, S. L. (2002). Caregiver singing and background music in dementia care. Western Journal of Nursing Research, 24(2), 195-216.

Gotell, E., Brown, S., & Ekman, S. L. (2003). Influence of caregiver singing and background music on posture, movement, and sensory awareness in dementia care. International Psychogeriatrics, 15(4), 411-430.

Gotell, E., Brown, S., & Ekman, S. L. (2009). The influence of caregiver singing and background music on vocally expressed emotions and moods in dementia care: A qualitative analysis. International Journal of Nursing Studies, 46(4), 422-430.

Greenyer, J. (2003). Music and memories. Journal of Dementia Care, 11(1), 8-9.

Groene, R. W. (1993). Effectiveness of music therapy 1:1 intervention with individuals having senile dementia of the Alzheimer’s type. Journal of Music Therapy, 30(3), 138-157.

Guétin, S., Portet, F., Picot, M. C., Pommié, C., Messaoudi, M., Djabelkir, L., et al. (2009). Effect of music therapy on anxiety and depression in patients with Alzheimer’s type dementia: Randomized, controlled study. Dementia and Geriatric Cognitive Disorders, 28(1), 36-46.

Han, P., Kwan, M., Chen, D., Yusoff, S. Z., Chionh, H. L., Goh, J., et al. (2010). A controlled naturalistic study on a weekly music therapy and activity program on disruptive and depressive behaviors in dementia. Dementia and Geriatric Cognitive Disorders, 30(6), 540-546.

Hanser, S., & Clair, A. A. (1996). Retrieving the Losses of Alzheimer's Disease for Patients and Care-Givers with the Aid of Music. In T. Wigram, B. Saperston & R. West (Eds.), The Art and Science of Music Therapy: A Handbook (pp. 342-360). Chur: Harwood Academic.

Hara, M. (2011). Expanding a care network for people with dementia and their carers through musicking: Participant observation with “Singing for the Brain”. Voices: A World Forum for Music Therapy, 11(2), Retreived from https://normt.uib.no/index.php/voices/article/viewArticle/570

Hara, M. (2011). Music in dementia care: Increased understanding through mixed research methods. Music & Arts in Action, 3(2), 34-58. Retrieved from www.musicandartsinaction.net/index.php/maia/article/view/musicanddementia/55

Hessenberg, C., & Schmid, W. (2013). Sounding bridges: An intergenerational music therapy group with persons with dementia and children and adolescents in psychiatric care. Voices: A World Forum for Music Therapy, 13(2), Retrieved from: https://voices.no/index.php/voices/article/viewArticle/692

Holmes, C., Knights, A., Dean, C., Hodkinson, S., & Hopkins, V. (2006). Keep music live: Music and the alleviation of apathy in dementia subjects. International Psychogeriatrics, 18(4), 623-630.

Hong, I. S., & Choi, M. J. (2011). Songwriting oriented activities improve the cognitive functions of the aged with dementia. The Arts in Psychotherapy, 38(4), 221-228.

Hulme, C., Wright, J., Crocker, T., Oluboyede, Y., & House, A. (2009). Non-pharmacological approaches for dementia that informal carers might try or access: A systematic review. International Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry, 25, 756-763.

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 11: Elderly and Dementia Care

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 60 -

Janata, P. (2012). Effects of widespread and frequent personalized music programming on agitation and depression in assisted living facility residents with Alzheimer-type dementia. Music and Medicine, 4(1), 8-15.

Johnson, L., Deatrick, E. J., & Oriel, K. (2012). The use of music to improve exercise participation in people with dementia: A pilot study. Physical & Occupational Therapy in Geriatrics, 30(2), 102-108.

Khemthong, S., Pejarasangharn, U., Uptampohtiwat, T., & Khamya, A. (2012). Effect of musical training on reaction time: A randomized control trial in Thai elderly individuals. Music and Medicine, 4(1), 16-21.

Killick, J., & Allan, K. (1999). The arts in dementia care: Tapping a rich resource. Journal of Dementia Care, 7(4), 35-38.

Kirstin, R.-G. (2012). Choir therapy as a psychotherapeutic intervention for reducing depression in mid to later life. In V. Percival & A. Petriwskyj (Eds.), Making an Impact: Abstract and Proceedings of the 11th National Conference of Emerging Researchers in Ageing (pp. 76-79). Brisbane: University of Queensland.

Kneafsey, R. (1997). The therapeutic use of music in a care of the elderly setting: A literature review. Journal of Clinical Nursing, 6(5), 341-346.

Koger, S. M., Chapin, K., & Brotons, M. (1999). Is music therapy an effective intervention for dementia? A meta-analytic review of the literature. Journal of Music Therapy, 36(1), 2-15.

Kotai-Ewers, T. (2000). Working with Words: People with Dementia and the Significance of Narratives. In D. Aldridge (Ed.), Music Therapy in Dementia Care (pp. 63-80). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Kumar, A. M., Tims, F., Cruess, D. G., Mintzer, M. J., Ironson, G., Loewenstein, D., et al. (1999). Music therapy increases serum melatonin levels in patients with Alzheimer disease. Alternative Therapies in Health Medicine, 5(6), 49-57.

Lancioni, G. E., Bosco, A., Caro, M. F. D., Singh, N. N., O’Reilly, M. F., Green, V. A., et al. (2013). Effects of response-related music stimulation versus general music stimulation on positive participation of patients with Alzheimer’s disease Developmental Neurorehabilitation, Advance online publication.

Lancioni, G. E., O’Reilly, M. F., Singh, N. N., Sigafoos, J., Grumo, G., Pinto, K., et al. (2013). Assessing the impact and social perception of self-regulated music stimulation with patients with Alzheimer's disease. Research in Developmental Disabilities, 34(1), 139-146.

Lancioni, G. E., Singh, N. N., O’Reilly, M. F., Green, V. A., Ferlisi, G., Ferrarese, G., et al. (2013). Self-regulated music stimulation for persons with Alzheimer's disease: Impact assessment and social validation Developmental Neurorehabilitation, 16(1), 17-26.

Ledger, A. J., & Baker, F. A. (2007). An investigation of long-term effects of group music therapy on agitation levels of people with Alzheimer’s disease. Aging & Mental Health, 11(3), 330-338.

Lin, Y., Chu, H., Yang, C. Y., Chen, C. H., Chen, S. G., Chang, H. J., et al. (2011). Effectiveness of group music intervention against agitated behavior in elderly persons with dementia. International Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry, 26(7), 670-678.

Lin, Y.-J., Lu, K.-C., Chen, C.-M., & Chang, C.-C. (2012). The effects of music as therapy on the overall well-being of elderly patients on maintenance hemodialysis. Biological Research for Nursing, 14(3), 277-285.

Lipe, A. (1995). The use of music performance tasks in the assessment of cognitive functioning among older adults with dementia. Journal of Music Therapy, 32, 137-151.

Lipe, E. (1991). Using music therapy to enhance the quality of life in a client with Alzheimer's dementia: A case study. Music Therapy Perspectives, 9, 102-105.

Lord, T. R., & Garner, J. E. (1993). Effects of music on Alzheimer patients. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 76(2), 451-455.

McCaffrey, R. (2010). Randomised controlled trial: Listening to music gives some quality-of-life benefit to older people in a small 4-week trial from Hong Kong. Evidence-Based Nursing, 66, 2677-2687.

McDermott, O., Crellin, N., Ridder, H. M., & Orrell, M. (2012). Music therapy in dementia: A narrative synthesis systematic review. International Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry, 28(8), 781-794.

Moss, H. (2003). Service evaluation: Music therapy and medicine for the elderly. British Journal of Music Therapy, 17(2), 76-89.

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 11: Elderly and Dementia Care

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 61 -

Moussard, A., Bigand, E., Belleville, S., & Peretz, I. (2012). Music as an aid to learn new verbal information in Alzheimer's disease. Music Perception: An Interdisciplinary Journal, 29(5), 521-531.

Mullan, M. (2005). Finding harmony together through musical expression. Journal of Dementia Care, 13(2), 22-24.

Nugent, N. (2003). Processes in group music therapy: Reducing agitation in individuals with Alzheimer’s disease and related disorders. The New Zealand Journal of Music Therapy, 60-81.

O'Reilly, C. M. (2013). Development of a theory of elder music therapy as integral aging. Master Thesis, SUNY College. Retrieved from http://hdl.handle.net/1951/58580

Oshima, C., Itou, N., Nishimoto, K., Yasuda, K., Hosoi, N., Yamashita, H., et al. (2013). A music therapy system for patients with dementia who repeat stereotypical utterances. Journal of Information Processing, 21(2), 283-294.

Ovayolu, N., Ergün, Y., & Ekerbiçer, H. Ç. (2013). Effect of Turkish classical music on blood pressure: A randomized controlled trial in hypertensive elderly patients. Complementary Therapies in Medicine, 21(3), 147-154.

Pacchetti, C., Mancini, F., Aglieri, R., Fundarò, C., Martignoni, E., & Nappi, G. (2000). Active music therapy in Parkinson’s disease: An integrative method for motor and emotional rehabilitation. Psychosomatic Medicine, 62(3), 386-393.

Pavlicevic, M., Tsiris, G., Wood, S., Powell, H., Graham, J., Sanderson, R., et al. (2013). The ‘ripple effect’: Towards researching improvisational music therapy in dementia care-homes. Dementia: The International Journal of Social Research and Practice, Advance online publication.

Powell, H. (2006). The voice of experience: Evaluation of music therapy with older people, including those with dementia, in community locations. British Journal of Music Therapy, 20(2), 109-120.

Raetz, J. (2013). A nondrug approach to dementia. Journal of Family Practice, 62(10), 548-557.

Raglio, A., Bellandi, D., Baiardi, P., Gianotti, M., Ubezio, M. C., & Granieri, E. (2013). Listening to music and active music therapy in behavioral disturbances in dementia: A crossover study. Journal of the American Geriatrics Society, 61(4), 645-647.

Raglio, A., Bellelli, G., Mazzola, P., Bellandi, D., Giovagnoli, A. R., Farina, E., et al. (2012). Music, music therapy and dementia: A review of literature and the recommendations of the Italian Psychogeriatric Association. Maturitas, 74(4), 305-310.

Raglio, A., Bellelli, G., Traficante, D., Gianotti, M., Ubezio, M., Gentile, S., et al. (2010). Efficacy of music therapy treatment based on cycles of sessions: A randomised controlled trial. Aging & Mental Health, 14(8), 900-904.

Raglio, A., Bellelli, G., Traficante, D., Gianotti, M., Ubezio, M. C., Villani, D., et al. (2008). Efficacy of music therapy in the treatment of behavioral and psychiatric symptoms of dementia. Alzheimer Disease & Associated Disorders, 22(2), 158-162.

Raglio, A., & Gianelli, M. V. (2013). Music and music therapy in the management of behavioral disorders in dementia. Neurodegenerative Disease Management, 3(4), 295-298.

Ragneskog, H., Asplund, K., Kihlgren, M., & Norberg, A. (2001). Individualized music played for agitated patients with dementia: Analysis of video-recorded sessions. International Journal of Nursing Practice, 7(3), 146-155.

Resano, C. S., Mercadal-Brotons, M., Galati, A., & Castro, M. d. (2011). Quality of life in institutionalized elderly people with moderate-severe dementia: Contributions from music therapy. International Journal of Developmental and Educational Psychology, 4, 231-236.

Reuer, B., Guy, J., Sturley, A., Soskins, M., & Lewis, C. (2011). Feasibility of conducting a music therapy study with hospice patients with dementia and agitation. Voices: A World Forum for Music Therapy, 11(2), Retrieved from https://normt.uib.no/index.php/voices/article/view/572/464

Ridder, H. M. (2005). An Overview of Therapeutic Initiatives When Working with People Suffering from Dementia. In D. Aldridge (Ed.), Music Therapy and Neurological Rehabilitation: Performing Health (pp. 61-82). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Ridder, H. M. O., Stige, B., Qvale, L. G., & Gold, C. (2013). Individual music therapy for agitation in dementia: An exploratory randomized controlled trial. Aging & Mental Health, 17(6), 667-678.

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 11: Elderly and Dementia Care

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 62 -

Rose, L., & Schlingensiepen, S. (2001). Meeting in the dark – a musical journey of discovery. Journal of Dementia Care, 9(2), 20-24.

Sakamoto, M., Ando, H., & Tsutou, A. (2013). Comparing the effects of different individualized music interventions for elderly individuals with severe dementia. International Psychogeriatrics, 25(5), 775-784.

Särkämö, T., Laitinen, S., Tervaniemi, M., Numminen, A., Kurki, M., & Rantanen, P. (2012). Music, emotion, and dementia: Insight from neuroscientific and clinical research. Music and Medicine, 4(3), 153-162.

Schönherr, C. (2013). Elemental Music and Dance Pedagogy (EMDP): Artistic and pedagogical opportunities for people in advanced age. Approaches: Music Therapy & Special Music Education, 5(2), 119-124. Retrieved from http://approaches.primarymusic.gr/approaches/journal/Approaches_5(2)_2013_Special_Issue/Approaches_5(2)2013_Sch_nherr_Article.pdf

Shum, M. L., Taylor, B. J., Thayala, J., & Chan, M. F. (2013). The effects of sedative music on sleep quality of older community-dwelling adults in Singapore. Complementary Therapies in Medicine, Advance online publication.

Simpson, F. (2000). Creative Music Therapy: A Last Resort? In D. Aldridge (Ed.), Music Therapy in Dementia Care (pp. 166-183). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Skingley, A., Clift, S. M., Coulton, S. P., & Rodriguez, J. (2011). The effectiveness and cost-effectiveness of a participative community singing programme as a health promotion initiative for older people: Protocol for a randomised controlled trial. BMC Public Health, 11, 142.

Skingley, A., & Vella-Burrows, T. (2010). Therapeutic effects of music and singing for older people. Nursing Standard, 24(19), 35-41.

Sun, Y. L. (2012). The effect of music therapy interventions to increase the psychosocial well-being of older adults living in independent and assisted living communities. Master Thesis, The Florida State University. Retrieved from http://diginole.lib.fsu.edu/etd/5445

Sung, H. C., & Chang, A. M. (2005). Use of preferred music to decrease agitated behaviours in older people with dementia: A review of the literature. Journal of Clinical Nursing, 14(9), 1133-1140.

Sung, H. C., Chang, A. M., & Abbey, J. (2006). The effects of preferred music on agitation of older people with dementia in Taiwan. International Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry, 21(10), 999-1000.

Sung, H. C., Chang, A. M., & Lee, W. L. (2010). A preferred music listening intervention to reduce anxiety in older adults with dementia in nursing homes. Journal of Clinical Nursing, 19(7-8), 1056-1064.

Sung, H.-c., Chang, S.-m., Lee, W.-l., & Lee, M.-s. (2006). The effects of group music with movement intervention on agitated behaviours of institutionalized elders with dementia in Taiwan. Complementary Therapies in Medicine, 14(2), 113-119.

Sung, H.-C., Lee, W.-L., Chang, S.-M., & Smith, G. D. (2011). Exploring nursing staff's attitudes and use of music for older people with dementia in long-term care facilities. Journal of Clinical Nursing, 20(11-12), 384-390.

Sung, H.-C., Lee, W.-L., Li, T.-L., & Watson, R. (2012). A group music intervention using percussion instruments with familiar music to reduce anxiety and agitation of institutionalized older adults with dementia. International Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry, 27(6), 621-627.

Suzuki, M., Isowa, T., & Kanamori, M. (2006). Research trends and issues recognized by nurses regarding music therapy among the elderly persons with dementia. Japanese Journal of Nursing Research, 39(4), 31-46.

Suzuki, M., Kanamori, M., Nagasawa, S., Tokiko, I., & Takayuki, S. (2007). Music therapy-induced changes in behavioral evaluations, and saliva chromogranin A and immunoglobulin A concentrations in elderly patients with senile dementia. Geriatrics and Gerontology International, 7(1), 61-71.

Suzuki, M., Kanamori, M., Watanabe, M., Nagasawa, S., Kojima, E., Ooshiro, H., et al. (2004). Behavioral and endocrinological evaluation of music therapy for elderly patients with dementia. Nursing and Health Sciences, 6, 11-18.

Svansdottir, H. B., & Snaedal, J. (2006). Music therapy in moderate and severe dementia of Alzheimer's type: A case-control study. International Psychogeriatrics, 18(4), 613-621.

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 11: Elderly and Dementia Care

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 63 -

Swantes, M., McKinny, C., & Hannibal, N. (2014). Music therapy's effects on levels of depression, anxiety, and social isolation in Mexican farmworkers living in the United States: A randomized controlled trial. The Arts in Psychotherapy, 41(1), 120-126.

Tomaino, C. (2013). Meeting the complex needs of individuals with dementia through music therapy. Music and Medicine, 5(4), 234-241.

Ueda, T., Suzukamo, Y., Sato, M., & Izumi, S.-I. (2013). Effects of music therapy on behavioral and psychological symptoms of dementia: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Ageing Research Reviews, 12(2), 628-641.

Van de Winckel, A., Feys, H., De Weerdt, W., & Dom, R. (2004). Cognitive and behavioural effects of music-based exercises in patients with dementia. Clinical Rehabilitation, 18(3), 253-260.

Vasionyte, I., & Madison, G. (2013). Musical intervention for patients with dementia: A meta-analysis. Journal of Clinical Nursing, 22(9/10), 1203-1216.

Vink, A. (2000). The Problem of Agitation in Elderly People and the Potential Benefit of Music Therapy. In D. Aldridge (Ed.), Music Therapy in Dementia Care (pp. 102-118). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Vink, A. (2000). A Survey of Music Therapy Practice with Elderly People in the Netherlands. In D. Aldridge (Ed.), Music Therapy in Dementia Care (pp. 119-138). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Vink, A., Zuidersma, M., Boersma, F., de Jonge, P., Zuidema, S., & Slaets, J. (2014). Effect of music therapy versus recreational activities on neuropsychiatric symptoms in elderly adults with dementia: An exploratory randomized controlled trial. Journal of the American Geriatrics Society, 62(2), 392-393.

Vink, A., Zuidersma, M., Boersma, F., Jonge, P., Zuidema, S., & Slaets, J. (2012). The effect of music therapy compared with general recreational activities in reducing agitation in people with dementia: A randomised controlled trial. International Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry, 28(10), 1031-1038.

Vink, A. C. (2013). Music Therapy for Dementia: The Effect of Music Therapy in Reducing Behavioural Problems in Elderly People with Dementia. Lemele: ArtEZ Conservatorium.

Vink, A. C., Birks, J. S., Bruinsma, M. S., & Scholten, R. J. P. M. (2003). Music therapy for people with dementia. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews 2003(Issue 4), 4. Art. No.: CD003477. DOI: 003410.001002/14651858.CD14003477.pub14651852.

Weber, S. (2000). Remembering and Forgiving. In D. Aldridge (Ed.), Music Therapy in Dementia Care (pp. 184-194). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Wood, S. (2007). Chalfont Lodge choir: Heart of a home and community. Journal of Dementia Care, 15(1), 22-25.

York, E. (1994). The development of a quantitative music skills test for patients with Alzheimer's disease. Journal of Music Therapy, 31(4), 280-296.

Other useful resources

Journals

Caring Times

Dementia: The International Journal of Social Research and Practice

Geriatric Nursing

Journal of Dementia Care

The Journal of Gerontology

Websites

Age Concern Camden, www.ageconcerncamden.org.uk

Alzheimer’s Research Trust, www.alzheimers-research.org.uk

Alzheimer’s Society, www.alzheimers.org.uk

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 11: Elderly and Dementia Care

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 64 -

Bath Mind Advocacy for Older People, www.bathmind.org.uk/advocacy_older_people.htm

CareInfo, www.careinfo.org

The Gerontological Society of America, www.geron.org/Publications

Older People’s Advocacy Alliance, www.opaal.org.uk

Relevant UK Policy Documents

Improving Care for People at the End of their Life (Department of Health, March, 2013) www.gov.uk/government/policies/improving-care-for-people-at-the-end-of-their-life

End of Life Care Strategy: Fourth Annual Report (Department of Health, October 2012) www.gov.uk/government/publications/end-of-life-care-strategy-fourth-annual-report

National Dementia Strategy: Equalities Action Plan (Department of Health, July 2011) www.gov.uk/government/publications/national-dementia-strategy-equalities-action-plan

Aging Well (Department for Work and Pensions, 2010) www.dwp.gov.uk/policy/ageing-society/ageing-well/

Products, Tools and Aging Society (Department for Work and Pensions, 2010) www.dwp.gov.uk/policy/ageing-society/products-tools-goodpractice/

Full of Life (Department for Work and Pensions, 2010), www.dwp.gov.uk/policy/ageing-society/full-of-life/

Living Well with Dementia: A National Dementia Strategy (Department of Health, February 2009) www.dh.gov.uk/en/Publicationsandstatistics/Publications/PublicationsPolicyAndGuidance/DH_094058

End of Life Care Strategy: Promoting High Quality Care for Adults at the End of their Life (Department of Health, July 2008) www.gov.uk/government/publications/end-of-life-care-strategy-promoting-high-quality-care-for-adults-at-the-end-of-their-life

Health, Work and Well-Being - Caring for our Future: A Strategy for the Health and Well-Being of Working Age People (Department of Health, 2005) www.gov.uk/government/publications/health-work-and-wellbeing-caring-for-our-future

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank

(3rd Edition, February 2014)

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 65 -

Account No. 12 Palliative and Bereavement Care

The Evidence Bank is developed by the Nordoff Robbins Research Department and provides a wealth of

Music Therapy and Music & Health references to research papers, journals, websites and policy

documents. Proposals for new entries can be emailed to: [email protected]

Selected bibliography (1990-2014) Aasgard, T. (2001). An ecology of love: Aspects of music therapy in the pediatric oncology environment.

Journal of Palliative Care, 17(3), 177-181.

Addington-Hall, J., Bruera, E., Higginson, I., & Payne, S. (Eds.). (2007). Research Methods in Palliative Care. Oxford: Oxford University.

Aldridge, D. (1999). Music Therapy in Palliative Care: New Voices. London: Jessica Kingsley.

Aldridge, D. (2003). Music therapy references relating to cancer and palliative care. British Journal of Music Therapy, 17(1), 17-25.

Amadoru, S., & McFerran, K. (2007). The role of music therapy in children’s hospice: Both unique and necessary. European Journal of Palliative Care, 14(3), 124-127.

Berger, J. (2006). Music of the Soul: Composing Life out of Loss. Hove: Routledge.

Bolton, G. (2007). Dying, Bereavement and the Healing Arts. London: Jessica Kingsley.

Broad, M. (2014). Shadow grief: Exploring bereaved mothers’ receptivity to music therapy following miscarriage or stillbirth. Approaches: Music Therapy & Special Music Education, Advance online publication.

Bunt, L., Daykin, N., & Hodkinson, S. (2012). An evaluative survey of music therapy provision in children's hospices in the UK. Project report, University of the West of England, Retrieved from http://eprints.uwe.ac.uk/16813/1/Final%20Report%206th%20April.pdf

Su, C. P., Lai, H. L., Chang, E. T., Yiin, L. M., Perng, S. J., & Chen, P. W. (2012). A randomized controlled trial of the effects of listening to non-commercial music on quality of nocturnal sleep and relaxation indices in patients in medical intensive care. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 69(6), 1377-1389.

Chlan, L., & Halm, M. A. (2013). Does music ease pain and anxiety in the critically ill? American Journal of Critical Care, 22(6), 528-532.

Choi, Y. K. (2010). The effect of music and progressive muscle relaxation on anxiety, fatigue, and quality of life in family caregivers of hospice patients. Journal of Music Therapy, 47(1), 53-69.

Dalton, T. A., & Krout, R. E. (2006). The grief song-writing process with bereaved adolescents: An integrated grief model and music therapy protocol. Music Therapy Perspectives, 24(2), 94-107.

Dileo, C., & Bradt, J. (2008). Music therapy for end-of-life care (Protocol). Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews, 2008(Issue 2), Art. No.: CD007169.

Dimaio, L. (2010). Music therapy entrainment: A humanistic music therapist's perspective of using music therapy entrainment with hospice clients experiencing pain. Music Therapy Perspectives, 28(2), 106-115.

Dives, T. (2008). Music Therapy in the Community. In N. Hartley & M. Payne (Eds.), The Creative Arts in Palliative Care (pp. 163-171). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Duda, L. J. (2013). Integrating music therapy into pediatric palliative care. Progress in Palliative Care, 21(2), 65-77.

Forrest, L. (2006). Singing, playing, writing, and storytelling: Creative music therapy experiences in community pediatric palliative care. Journal of Palliative Care, 22(3), 234-234.

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 12: Palliative and Bereavement Care

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 66 -

Forrest, L. (2011). Supportive cancer care at the end of life: Mapping the cultural landscape in palliative care and music therapy. Music and Medicine, 3(1), 9-14.

Gallagher, L. (2011). The role of music therapy in palliative medicine and supportive care. Supportive Care and Palliative Medicine, 38(3), 403-406.

Gallagher, L. M., Huston, M. J., Nelson, K. A., Walsh, D., & Steele, A. L. (2001). Music therapy in palliative medicine. Supportive Care in Cancer, 9, 156-161.

Gallagher, L. M., Lagman, R., Walsh, D., Davis, M. P., & LeGrand, S. B. (2006). The clinical effects of music therapy in palliative medicine. Supportive Care in Cancer, 14(8), 859-866.

Gallagher, L. M., & Steele, A. L. (2001). Developing and using a computerized database for music therapy in palliative medicine. Journal of Palliative Care, 17(3), 147-154.

Gill, A. (2008). Music and Music Therapy at St. Christopher’s Hospice – An Evaluation Study. In N. Hartley & M. Payne (Eds.), The Creative Arts in Palliative Care (pp. 172-185). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Groen, K. M. (2007). Pain assessment and management in end of life care: A survey of assessment and treatment practices of hospice music therapy and nursing professionals. Journal of Music Therapy, 44(2), 90-112.

Gutgsell, K. J., Schluchter, M., Margevicius, S., DeGolia, P. A., McLaughlin, B., Harris, M., et al. (2012). Music therapy reduces pain in palliative care patients: A randomized controlled trial. Journal of Pain and Symptom Management, 45(5), 822-831.

Hartley, N. (2001). On a personal note: A music therapist's reflections on working with those who are living with a terminal illness. Journal of Palliative Care, 17(3), 135-141.

Hartley, N. (2007). Resilience and Creativity. In B. Monroe & D. Oliviere (Eds.), Resilience in Palliative Care: Achievement in Adversity (pp. 281-292). Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Hartley, N. (2008). The arts in health and social care - is music therapy fit for purpose? British Journal of Music Therapy, 22(2), 88-96.

Hartley, N. (2008). The Palliative Care Community – Using the Arts in Different Settings. In N. Hartley & M. Payne (Eds.), The Creative Arts in Palliative Care (pp. 40-51). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Hartley, N. (Ed.). (2013). End of Life Care: A Guide for Therapists, Artists and Arts Therapists. London: Jessica Kingsley.

Hartley, N., & Payne, M. (Eds.). (2008). The Creative Arts in Palliative Care. London: Jessica Kingsley.

Heath, B., & Lings, J. (2012). Creative songwriting in therapy at the end of life and in bereavement. Mortality, 17(2), 106-118.

Hilliard, R. (2001). The use of music therapy in meeting the multidimensional needs of hospice patients and families. Journal of Palliative Care, 17(3), 161-166.

Hilliard, R. (2001). The effects of music therapy-based bereavement groups on mood and behavior of grieving children: A pilot study. Journal of Music Therapy, 38(4), 291-306.

Hilliard, R. (2003). The effects of music therapy on the quality and length of life of people diagnosed with terminal cancer. Journal of Music Therapy, 40(2), 113-137.

Hilliard, R. (2004). A post-hoc analysis of music therapy services for residents in nursing homes receiving hospice care. Journal of Music Therapy, 42(4), 266-281.

Hilliard, R. (2005). Music therapy in hospice and palliative care: A review of the empirical data. Evidence-based Complementary and Alternative Medicine, 2(2), 173-178.

Hilliard, R. (2006). The effect of music therapy sessions on compassion fatigue and team building of professional hospice caregivers. The Arts in Psychotherapy, 33, 395-401.

Hilliard, R. (2006). Music therapy in palliative care: An emerging evidence-based approach. Journal of Palliative Care, 22(3), 207-207.

Hilliard, R. (2007). The effects of orff-based music therapy and social work groups on childhood grief symptoms and behaviors. Journal of Music Therapy, 44(2), 123-138.

Hogan, Β. (1998). Approaching the end of life: A role for music therapy within the context of palliative care models. The Australian Journal of Music Therapy, 9, 18-34.

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 12: Palliative and Bereavement Care

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 67 -

Horne-Thompson, A., Daveson, B., & Hogan, B. (2007). A project investigating music therapy referral trends within palliativecare: An Australian perspective. Journal of Music Therapy, 44(2), 139-155.

Horne-Thompson, A., & Grocke, D. (2008). The effect of music therapy on anxiety in patients who are terminally ill. Journal of Palliative Medicine, 11(4), 582-590.

Horton, R., Montgomery, E., & Nicholls, K. (2007). Implementation of a music therapy program on an acute palliative medicine service-improving care at the end-of-life. Journal of Palliative Care, 23(3), 233.

Hospice Information. (2007). Guidelines for Arts Therapies and the Arts in Palliative Care Settings (2nd Edition). London: Hospice Information.

Ibberson, C. (1996). A natural end: One story about Catherine. British Journal of Music Therapy, 10(1), 24-31.

Kammin, V., & Tilley, H. (2013). Rocks and pebbles: A post-bereavement sibling's support group using music to explore grief. Bereavement Care, 32(1), 31-38.

Killoran, S. (2006). Better quality of life for palliative patients: Review of a music therapy pilot project. Journal of Palliative Care, 22(3), 252-253.

Killoran, S., Santos, M., & Amichand, S. (2008). Nursing perspectives on the impact of music therapy on a tertiary palliative care unit. Journal of Palliative Care, 24(3), 216.

Krout, R. (2000). Hospice and Palliative Care Music Therapy: A Continuum of Creative Caring. In AMTA (Ed.), Effectiveness of Music Therapy Procedures: Documentation of Research and Clinical Practice (pp. 323-411). Silver Spring, MD: American Music Therapy Association.

Krout, R. (2001). The effects of single-session music therapy interventions on the observed and self-reported levels of pain control, physical comfort, and relaxation of hospice patients. American Journal of Hospice and Palliative Care, 18(6), 383-390.

Krout, R. (2002). The use of therapist-composed songs to facilitate multi-modal grief processing and expression with bereaved children in group music therapy. The New Zealand Journal of Music Therapy, 21-35.

Krout, R. (2005). Applications of music therapist-composed songs in creating participant connections and facilitating goals and rituals during one-timebereavement support groups and programs. Music Therapy Perspectives, 23(2), 118-128.

Lagman, R., Gallagher, L., Davis, M., Legrand, S., & Walsh, D. (2006). The integration of music therapy services at a palliative medicine centre. Journal of Palliative Care, 22(3), 239.

Lee, C. (Ed.). (1995). Lonely Water: Proceedings of the International Conference Music Therapy in Palliative Care Oxford 1994. Oxford: Sobell.

Lee, C. (1996). Music at the Edge: The Music Therapy Experiences of a Musician with AIDS. London: Routledge.

Lee, E. H., & Choi, S. E. (2012). The effects of music therapy by self-selected music listening on terminal cancer patients' affect and stress by pain level. Korean Journal of Hospice and Palliative Care, 15(2), 77-87.

Leow, Q. H. M., Drury, V. B., & Poon, W. H. (2010). A qualitative exploration of patients’ experiences of music therapy in an inpatient hospice in Singapore. International Journal of Palliative Nursing, 16(7), 344-350.

Lindenfelser, K. J., Grocke, D., & McFerran, K. (2008). Bereaved parents' experiences of music therapy with their terminally ill child. Journal of Music Therapy, 45(3), 330-348.

Lindenfelser, K. J., Hense, C., & McFerran, K. (2012). Music therapy in pediatric palliative care: Family-centered care to enhance quality of life. American Journal of Hospice and Palliative Medicine, 29(3), 219-226.

Loewy, J. (2007). Music Therapy in Cancer Care: From Life to Death. In J. Barraclough (Ed.), Enhancing Cancer Care: Complementary Therapy and Support. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Magill, L. (2001). The use of music therapy to address the suffering in advanced cancer pain. Journal of Palliative Care, 17(3), 167-172.

Magill, L. (2006). Music Therapy and Spirituality and the Challenges of End-Stage Illness. In D. Aldridge & J. Fachner (Eds.), Music and Altered States: Consciousness, Transcendence, Therapy and Addictions (pp. 172-183). London: Jessica Kingsley.

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 12: Palliative and Bereavement Care

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 68 -

Magill, L. (2008). The spiritual meaning of music therapy to surviving caregivers of advanced cancer patients. Journal of Palliative Care, 24(3), 199.

Magill, L. (2011). Bereaved family caregivers’ reflections on the role of the music therapist. Music and Medicine, 3(1), 56-63.

Magill, L., & Berenson, S. (2008). The conjoint use of music therapy and reflexology with hospitalized advanced stage cancer patients and their families. Palliative and Supportive Care in Cancer, 6(3), 289-296.

Magill, L., Levin, T., & Spodek, L. (2008). One-session music therapy and CBT for critically ill cancer patients. Psychiatric Services, 59(10), 1216.

Maue-Johnson, E. L., & Tanguay, C. L. (2006). Assessing the unique needs of hospice patients: A tool for music therapists. Music Therapy Perspectives, 24(1), 13-20.

McFerran, K., & Hunt, M. (2008). Learning from experiences in action: Music in schools to promote healthy coping with grief and loss. Educational Action Research, 16(1), 43-54.

McFerran, K., & Shanahan, E. (2011). Music therapy practice in special education and children's hospice: A systematic comparison of two music therapists' strategies with three preadolescent boys. Music Therapy Perspectives, 29(2), 103-111.

Mramor, K. M. (2001). Music therapy with persons who are indigent and terminally ill. Journal of Palliative Care, 17(3), 182-187.

Nakayama, H., Kikuta, F., & Takeda, H. (2009). A pilot study on effectiveness of music therapy in hospice in Japan. Journal of Music Therapy, 46(2), 160-172.

Nicholson, K. (2001). Weaving a circle: A relaxation program using imagery and music. Journal of Palliative Care, 17(3), 173-176.

O’Callaghan, C. (1996). Music and wellbeing: Music therapy and palliative care. The New Zealand Journal of Music Therapy, 4-19.

O’Callaghan, C. (2001). Bringing music to life: A study of music therapy and palliative care experiences in a cancer hospital. Journal of Palliative Care, 17(3), 155-160.

O’Callaghan, C. (2008). Lullament: Lullaby and lament therapeutic qualities actualized through music therapy. American Journal of Hospice and Palliative Care, 25(2), 93-99.

O’Callaghan, C. (2009). Objectivist and constructivist music therapy research in oncology and palliative care: An overview. Music and Medicine, 1(1), 41-60.

O’Callaghan, C., & Barry, P. (2009). Music therapists’ practice-based research in cancer and palliative care: Creative methods and situated findings. Voices: A World Forum for Music Therapy, 9(3), Retrieved from https://normt.uib.no/index.php/voices/article/viewArticle/53/255

O’Callaghan, C., & McDermott, F. (2007). Discourse analysis reframes oncologic music therapy research findings. The Arts in Psychotherapy, 34(5), 398-408.

O’Callaghan, C., O’Brien, E., Magill, L., & Ballinger, E. (2007). Resounding attachment: Cancer inpatients’ song lyrics for their children in music therapy. Supportive Care in Cancer, 17(9), 1149-1157.

O’Kelly, J. (2008). Saying it in song: Music therapy as a carer support intervention. International Journal of Palliative Nursing, 14(6), 281-286.

O’Kelly, J., & Koffman, J. (2007). Multi-disciplinary perspectives of music therapy in adult palliative care. Palliative Medicine, 21(3), 235-243.

O’Neil, N., & Pavlicevic, M. (2003). What am I doing here? Exploring a role for music therapy with children undergoing bone marrow transplantation at Great Ormond Street Hospital, London. British Journal of Music Therapy, 17(1), 8-16.

O'Callaghan, C. C., McDermott, F., Hudson, P., & Zalcberg, J. R. (2013). Sound continuing bonds with the deceased: The relevance of music, including preloss music therapy, for eight bereaved caregivers. Death Studies, 37(2), 101-125.

Oneschuk, D., Balneaves, L., Verhoef, M., Boon, H., Demmer, C., & Chiu, L. (2007). The status of complementary therapy services in Canadian palliative care settings. Supportive Care in Cancer, 15(8), 939-947.

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 12: Palliative and Bereavement Care

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 69 -

Pavlicevic, M. (Ed.). (2005). Music Therapy in Children’s Hospices: Jessies’s Fund in Action. London: Jessica Kingsley.

Roberts, M., & McFerran, K. (2013). A mixed methods analysis of songs written by bereaved preadolescents in individual music therapy. Journal of Music Therapy, 50(1), 25-52.

Robertson-Gillam, K. (1995). The Role of Music Therapy in Meeting the Spiritual Needs of the Dying Person. In C. Lee (Ed.), Lonely Water: Proceedings of the International Conference Music Therapy in Palliative Care Oxford 1994. Oxford: Sobell.

Romo, R., & Gifford, L. (2007). A cost-benefit analysis of music therapy in a home hospice. Nursing Economics, 25(6), 353-358.

Rykov, M. (2001). Facing the music: Speculations on the dark side of our moon. Journal of Palliative Care, 17(3), 188-192.

Rykov, M., Cohen, R., Leis, A., MacDonald, M. E., Pringle, A., Cadrin, M. L., et al. (2007). Understanding palliative care music therapy experience. Journal of Palliative Care, 23(3), 214.

Rykov, M., Cohen, R., Leis, A., MacDonald, M. E., Pringle, A., Cadrin, M. L., et al. (2008). Palliative care music therapy: Insights from patients, family and staff. Journal of Palliative Care, 24(3), 199-200.

Salmon, D. (2001). Music therapy as psychospiritual process in palliative care. Journal of Palliative Care, 17(3), 142-146.

Salmon, D., Dileo, C., Hilliard, R., Magill, L., & Cadrin, L. (2006). Enhancing hospice and palliative care services with music therapy: What administrators need to know. Journal of Palliative Care, 22(3), 207-207.

Sekeles, C. (2007). Music Therapy: Death and Grief. Gilsum, NH: Barcelona.

Serra, M., & Juan, E. (2008). The river of life: An intervention with music therapy in palliative care. Psycho-Oncology, 17, 27.

Shanmugasundaram, S. (2006). Complementary and alternative therapies in palliative Journal of Cancer Pain and Symptom Palliation, 1(4), 25-29.

Smeijsters, H., & van den Hurk, J. (1999). Music therapy helping to work through grief and finding a personal identity. Journal of Music Therapy, 36(3), 222-252.

Trauger-Querry, B., & Haghighi, K. R. (1999). Balancing the focus: Art and music therapy for pain control and symptom management in hospice care. The Hospice Journal, 14(1), 25-38.

Tsiris, G., & Hartley, N. (2013). Research and Evaluation. In N. Hartley (Ed.), End of Life Care: A Guide for Therapists, Artists and Arts Therapists (pp. 227-254). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Tsiris, G., Tasker, M., Lawson, V., Prince, G., Dives, T., Sands, M., et al. (2011). Music and arts in health promotion and death education: The St Christopher’s Schools Project. Music & Arts in Action, 3(2), 95-119. Retrieved from www.musicandartsinaction.net/index.php/maia/article/view/stchristophersschoolsproject

Wetherick, D. (2009). A response to Nigel Hartley's article "The arts in health and social care - is music therapy fit for purpose?". British Journal of Music Therapy, 23(1), 44-45.

Wlodarcyk, N. (2007). The effect of music therapy on the spirituality of persons in an in-patient hospice unit as measured by self-report. Journal of Music Therapy, XLIV(2), 113-122.

Wlodarczyk, N. (2013). The effect of a group music intervention for grief resolution on disenfranchised grief of hospice workers. Progress in Palliative Care, 21(2), 97-106.

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 12: Palliative and Bereavement Care

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 70 -

Other useful resources

Journals

American Journal of Hospice and Palliative Medicine

Death Studies

End of Life Care

European Journal of Palliative Care

Innovations in End-of-Life Care

International Journal of Palliative Nursing

Palliative Medicine

Websites

British Association for Music Therapy: Palliative and Bereavement Care Network (membership / password required), www.bamt.org/british-association-for-music-therapy-members/british-association-for-music-therapy-networks/palliative-and-bereavement-care-network.html

Care Search Palliative Care Knowledge Network,

www.caresearch.com.au/caresearch/FindingEvidence/tabid/62/Default.aspx

The Compassionate Friends (TCF), www.tcf.org.uk

Cruse Bereavement Care, www.crusebereavementcare.org.uk

European Association for Palliative Care, www.eapcnet.eu

Help the Hospices, www.helpthehospices.org.uk

HIV Support & Advocacy, www.namlife.org/cms1255101.aspx

International Palliative Care Family Carer Research Collaboration,

http://centreforpallcare.org/index.php/research/ipcfcrc/

Jessie’s Fund: Music Helping Children, www.jessiesfund.org.uk

Relevant UK Policy Documents

Improving Care for People at the End of their Life (Department of Health, March 2013) www.gov.uk/government/policies/improving-care-for-people-at-the-end-of-their-life

End of Life Care Strategy: Fourth Annual Report (Department of Health, October 2012) www.gov.uk/government/publications/end-of-life-care-strategy-fourth-annual-report

Palliative Care Funding Pilots 2012-2014 (Department of Health, November 2011) www.gov.uk/government/publications/palliative-care-funding-pilots-2012-14

Independent Palliative Care Funding Review (Department of Health, July 2011) www.dh.gov.uk/en/Publicationsandstatistics/Publications/PublicationsPolicyAndGuidance/DH_133100

Palliative Care Funding Review (Department of Health, July 2010) www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/215107/dh_133105.pdf

Help Is At Hand: A Resource for People Bereaved by Suicide and Other Sudden, Traumatic Death (Department of Health, April 2010) http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/20130107105354/http://www.dh.gov.uk/prod_consum_dh/groups/dh_digitalassets/@dh/@en/documents/digitalasset/dh_092247.pdf

End of Life Care Strategy: Promoting High Quality Care for Adults at the End of their Life (Department of Health, July 2008)

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 12: Palliative and Bereavement Care

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 71 -

www.gov.uk/government/publications/end-of-life-care-strategy-promoting-high-quality-care-for-adults-at-the-end-of-their-life

Palliative Care Statistics for Children and Young People (Department of Health, 2007) http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/20130107105354/http://www.dh.gov.uk/prod_consum_dh/groups/dh_digitalassets/@dh/@en/documents/digitalasset/dh_074699.pdf

When a Patient Dies: Advice on Improving Bereavement Services in the NHS (Department Of Health, 2005) www.ruh.nhs.uk/patients/advice_and_support/patient_affairs/documents/When_a_patient_dies.pdf

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 12: Palliative and Bereavement Care

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 72 -

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank

(3rd Edition, February 2014)

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 73 -

Account No. 13 Neonatal, Paediatric and

Maternal Care

The Evidence Bank is developed by the Nordoff Robbins Research Department and provides a wealth of

Music Therapy and Music & Health references to research papers, journals, websites and policy

documents. Proposals for new entries can be emailed to: [email protected]

Selected bibliography (1990-2014) Abrams, B., Dassler, A., Lee, S., Loewy, J., Silverman, F., & Telsey, A. (2000). Instituting Music Therapy in

the NICU: A Team Centered Approach. In J. Loewy (Ed.), Music Therapy in the Neonatal Intensive Care Unit (pp. 21-37). New York: Armstrong.

Abromeit, D., Shoemark, H., & Loewy, J. (2008). Music Therapy with Pediatric Units: NICU. In D. Abromeit & C. Colwell (Eds.), Medical Music Therapy for Pediatrics in Hospital Settings (pp. 15-70). Silver Spring, MD: AMTA.

Abromeit, D. H. (2003). The Newborn Individualized Developmental Care and Assessment Program (NIDCAP) as a model for clinical music therapy interventions with premature infants. Music Therapy Perspectives, 21, 60-68.

Alipour, Z., Eskandari, N., Ahmari Tehran, H., Eshagh Hossaini, S. K., & Sangi, S. (2013). Effects of music on physiological and behavioral responses of premature infants: A randomized controlled trial. Complementary Therapies in Clinical Practice, 19(3), 128-132.

Allison, D. (1991). Music Therapy at Childbirth. In K. Bruscia (Ed.), Case Studies in Music Therapy. Phoenixville, PA: Barcelona.

Arabin, B. (2002). Music during pregnancy. Ultrasound in Obstetrics & Gynecology, 20(5), 425-430.

Arnon, S. (2011). Music therapy intervention in the neonatal intensive care unit environment. Jornal de Pediatria, 87(3), 183-185.

Arnon, S., Shapsa, A., Forman, L., Regev, R., Bauer, S., Litmanovitz, I., et al. (2006). Live music is beneficial to preterm infants in the neonatal intensive care unit environment. Birth, 33(2), 131-136.

Ayson, C. (2008). Child-parent wellbeing in a paediatric ward: The role of music therapy in supporting children and their parents facing the challenge of hospitalisation. Voices: A World Forum for Music Therapy, 8(1), Retrieved from https://normt.uib.no/index.php/voices/article/viewArticle/449

Blumenfeld, H., & Eisenfeld, L. (2006). Does a mother singing to her premature baby affect feeding in the neonatal intensive care unit? Clinical Pediatrics, 45(1), 65-70.

Bouhairie, A., Kemper, K., Martin, K., & Woods, C. (2005). Staff attitudes and expectations about music therapy: Pediatric oncology versus neonatal intensive care unit. Journal of the Society for Integrative Oncology, 4(2), 71-74.

Butt, M., & Kisilevsky, B. (2000). Music modulates behaviour of premature infants following heel lance. The Canadian Journal of Nursing Research, 31(4), 17-39.

Caine, J. (1991). The effects of music on the selected stress behaviors, weight, caloric and formula intake, and length of hospital stay of premature and low birth weight neonates in a newborn intensive care unit. Journal of Music Therapy, 28(4), 180-192.

Cassidy, J. W. (2009). The effect of decibel level of music stimuli and gender on head circumference and physiological responses of premature infants in the NICU. Journal of Music Therapy, 46(3), 180-190.

Cassidy, J. W., & Standley, J. M. (1995). The effect of music listening on physiological responses of premature infants in the NICU. Journal of Music Therapy, 32(4), 208-227.

Cevasco, A., & Grant, R. (2005). Effects of the pacifier activated lullaby on weight gain of premature infants. Journal of Music Therapy, 42(2), 123-139.

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 13: Neonatal, Paediatric and Maternal Care

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 74 -

Chang, M. Y., Chen, C. H., & Huang, K. F. (2008). Effects of music therapy on psychological health of women during pregnancy. Journal of Clinical Nursing, 17(19), 2580-2587.

Chang, S. C., & Chen, C. H. (2005). Effects of music therapy on women's physiologic measures, anxiety, and satisfaction during cesarean delivery. Research in Nursing & Health, 28(6), 453-461.

Collins, S. K., & Kuck, K. (1991). Music therapy in the neonatal intensive care unit. Neonatal Network: The Journal of Neonatal Nursing, 9(6), 23-26.

Day, T. (2011). Music Therapy to Support Mothers Who Have Experienced Abuse in Childhood. In J. Edwards (Ed.), Music Therapy and Parent–Infant Bonding (pp. 141-160). Oxford: Oxford University Press.

del Olmo, M. J., Rodríguez Garrido, C., & Tarrío, F. R. (2010). Music therapy in the PICU: 0- to 6-month-old babies. Music and Medicine, 2(3), 158-166.

Edwards, J. (2005). The role of the music therapist in working with hospitalized children: A reflection on the development of a music therapy program in a children’s hospital. Music Therapy Perspectives, 23(36-44).

Edwards, J. (Ed.). (2011). Music Therapy and Parent-Infant Bonding. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Field, T. (1998). Early interventions for infants of depressed mothers. Pediatrics, 102(Supplement E1), 1305-1310.

Field, T., Hernandez-Reif, M., Feijo, L., & Freedman, J. (2006). Prenatal, perinatal and neonatal stimulation: A survey of neonatal nurseries. Infant Behavior and Development, 29(1), 24-31.

Friedman, S. H., Kaplan, R. S., Rosenthal, M. B., & Console, P. (2010). Music therapy in perinatal psychiatry: Use of lullabies for pregnant and postpartum women with mental illness. Music and Medicine, 2(4), 219-225.

Garunkstiene, R., Buinauskiene, J., Uloziene, I., & Markuniene, E. (2013). Controlled trial of live versus recorded lullabies in preterm infants. Nordic Journal of Music Therapy, 23(1), 71-88.

Gilad, E., & Arnon, S. (2010). The role of live music and singing as a stress-reducing modality in the neonatal intensive care unit environment. Music and Medicine, 2(1), 18-22.

Gilboa, A., & Roginsky, E. (2010). Examining the dyadic music therapy treatment (DUET): The case of a CP child and his mother. Nordic Journal of Music Therapy, 19(2), 103-132.

Gooding, L. F. (2010). Using music therapy protocols in the treatment of premature infants: An introduction to current practices. The Arts in Psychotherapy, 37(3), 211-214.

Hartling, L., Shaik, M. S., Tjosvold, L., Leicht, R., Liang, Y., & Kumar, M. (2009). Music for medical indications in the neonatal period: A systematic review of randomised controlled trials. Archives of Disease in Childhood-Fetal and Neonatal Edition, 94(5), F349-F354.

Haslbeck, F. (2004). Music therapy with preterm infants–theoretical approach and first practical experience. Music Therapy Today, 5(4), 1-16.

Haslbeck, F. B. (2012). Music therapy for premature infants and their parents: An integrative review. Nordic Journal of Music Therapy, 21(3), 203-226.

Haslbeck, F. B. (2012). Research strategies to achieve a deeper understanding of active music therapy in neonatal care. Music and Medicine, 4(4), 205-214.

Haslbeck, F. B. (2013). Creative music therapy with premature infants: An analysis of video footage. Nordic Journal of Music Therapy, 23(1), 5-35.

Haslbeck, F. B. (2013). The interactive potential of creative music therapy with premature infants and their parents: A qualitative analysis. Nordic Journal of Music Therapy, 23(1), 36-70.

Hicks, F. (1994). The role of music therapy in the care of the newborn. Nursing Times, 91(38), 31-33.

Hodges, A. L., & Wilson, L. L. (2010). Effects of music therapy on preterm infants in the neonatal intensive care unit. Alternative Therapies in Health and Medicine, 16(5), 72-73.

Kafalİ, H., Derbent, A., Keskİn, E., Sİmavlİ, S., & Gözdemİr, E. (2011). Effect of maternal anxiety and music on fetal movements and fetal heart rate patterns. Journal of Maternal-Fetal and Neonatal Medicine, 24(3), 461-464.

Kaminski, J., & Hall, W. (1996). The effect of soothing music on neonatal behavioural states in the hospital newborn nursery. Neonatal Network: The Journal of Neonatal Nursing, 15(1), 45-54.

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 13: Neonatal, Paediatric and Maternal Care

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 75 -

Keith, D. R., Russell, K., & Weaver, B. S. (2008). The effects of music listening on inconsolable crying in premature infants. Journal of Music Therapy, 46(3), 191-203.

Kemper, K., Martin, K., Block, S., Shoaf, R., & Woods, C. (2004). Attitudes and expectations about music therapy for premature infants among staff in a neonatal intensive care unit. Alternative Therapies in Health and Medicine, 10(2), 50-54.

Klassen, J. A., Liang, Y., Tjosvold, L., Klassen, T. P., & Hartling, L. (2008). Music for pain and anxiety in children undergoing medical procedures: A systematic review of randomized controlled trials. Ambulatory Pediatrics, 8(2), 117-128.

Klein, S. A., & Winkelstein, M. L. (1996). Enhancing pediatric health care with music. Journal of Pediatric Health Care, 10(2), 74-81.

Lai, H.-L., Chen, C.-J., Peng, T.-C., Chang, F.-M., Hsieh, M.-L., Huang, H.-Y., et al. (2006). Randomized controlled trial of music during kangaroo care on maternal state anxiety and preterm infants’ responses. International Journal of Nursing Studies, 43(2), 139-146.

Lenz, G. M. (1999). Music Therapy and Early Interactional Disorders between Mothers and Infants. In R. R. Pratt & D. E. Grocke (Eds.), Music Medicine 3 (pp. 162-174). Melbourne: University of Melbourne.

Li, Y., & Dong, Y. (2012). Preoperative music intervention for patients undergoing cesarean delivery. International Journal of Gynecology & Obstetrics, 119(1), 81-83.

Liebman, S. S., & MacLaren, A. (1991). The effects of music and relaxation on third trimester anxiety in adolescent pregnancy. Journal of Music Therapy, 28(2), 89-100.

Liu, Y. H., Chang, M. Y., & Chen, C. H. (2010). Effects of music therapy on labour pain and anxiety in Taiwanese first‐time mothers. Journal of Clinical Nursing, 19(7‐8), 1065-1072.

Loewy, J. (Ed). (2000). Music Therapy in the Neonatal Intensive Care Unit (3rd

Edition). New York: Satchnote Press.

Loewy, J. (2004). A Clinical Model of Music Therapy in the NICU. In M. Nocker- Ribaupierre (Ed.), Music Therapy for Premature and Newborn Infants (pp. 159-176). Gilsum, NH: Barcelona.

Loewy, J. (2011). Music Therapy for Hospitalized Infants and Their Parents. In J. Edwards (Ed.), Music Therapy and Parent–Infant Bonding (pp. 179-190). Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Loewy, J., Hallan, C., Friedman, E., & Martinez, C. (2005). Sleep/sedation in children undergoing EEG testing: A comparison of chloral hydrate and music therapy. Journal of Perianesthesia Nursing, 20(5), 323-331.

Loewy, J., Stewart, K., Dassler, A.-M., Telsey, A., & Homel, P. (2013). The effects of music therapy on vital signs, feeding, and sleep in premature infants. Pediatrics, 131(5), 902-918.

Longhi, E., & Pickett, N. (2008). Music and well-being in long-term hospitalized children. Psychology of Music, 36(2), 247-256.

Lorch, C. A., Lorch, V., Diefendorf, A. O., & Earl, P. W. (1994). Effect of stimulative and sedative music on systolic blood pressure, heart rate, and respiratory rate in premature infants. Journal of Music Therapy, 31(2), 105-118.

Lubetzky, R., Mimouni, F. B., Dollberg, S., Reifen, R., Ashbel, G., & Mandel, D. (2010). Effect of music by Mozart on energy expenditure in growing preterm infants. Pediatrics, 125(1), e24-e28.

Malloch, S., Shoemark, H., Črnčec, R., Newnham, C., Paul, C., Prior, M., et al. (2012). Music therapy with hospitalized infants—the art and science of communicative musicality. Infant Mental Health Journal, 33(4), 386-399.

Neal, D. O., & Lindeke, L. L. (2008). Music as a nursing intervention for preterm infants in the NICU. Neonatal Network: The Journal of Neonatal Nursing, 27(5), 319-327.

Nöcker-Ribaupierre, M. (1999). Premature Birth and Music Therapy. In T. Wigram & J. De Backer (Eds.), Clinical Applications of Music Therapy in Developmental Disability, Paediatrics and Neurology (pp. 47-65). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Nöcker-Ribaupierre, M. (1999). Short and Long-Term Effects of the Maternal Voice on the Behaviors of Very Low Birth Weight Infants and their Mothers as a Basis for the Bonding Process. In R. R. Pratt & D. E. Grocke (Eds.), Music Medicine 3 (pp. 153-161). Melbourne: University of Melbourne.

Nöcker-Ribaupierre, M. (Ed.). (2004). Music Therapy for Premature and Newborn Infants. Gilsum, NH: Barcelona.

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 13: Neonatal, Paediatric and Maternal Care

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 76 -

O'Gorman, S. (2007). Infant‐directed singing in neonatal and paediatric intensive care. Australian and New Zealand Journal of Family Therapy, 28(2), 100-108.

Olson, S. L. (1998). Bedside musical care: Applications in pregnancy, childbirth, and neonatal care. Journal of Obstetric, Gynecologic, & Neonatal Nursing, 27(5), 569-575.

Phumdoung, S., & Good, M. (2003). Music reduces sensation and distress of labor pain. Pain Management Nursing, 4(2), 54-61.

Pölkki, T., & Korhonen, A. (2012). The effectiveness of music on pain among preterm infants in the neonatal intensive care unit: A systematic review. JBI Library of Systematic Reviews, 10(58), 4600-4609.

Pope, D. S. (1995). Music, noise, and the human voice in the nurse‐patient environment. Journal of Nursing Scholarship, 27(4), 291-296.

Pratt, R. R. (1999). Music and Infant Well-Being. In R. R. Pratt & D. E. Grocke (Eds.), Music Medicine 3 (pp. 101-119). Melbourne: University of Melbourne.

Procelli, D. E. (2005). The effects of music therapy and relaxation prior to breastfeeding on the anxiety of new mothers and the behavior state of their infants during feeding. Master Thesis, The Florida State University. Retrieved from http://diginole.lib.fsu.edu/etd/463/

Robinson, A. (2001). Music therapy and the effects on laboring women. Kentucky nurse, 50(2), 7-7.

Schlez, A., Litmanovitz, I., Bauer, S., Dolfin, T., Regev, R., & Arnon, S. (2011). Combining kangaroo care and live harp music therapy in the neonatal intensive care unit setting. The Israel Medical Association Journal, 13(6), 354-358.

Schwaiblmair, F. (2005). Infant research and music therapy: The significance of musical characteristics in early mother-child interaction for music therapy. Music Therapy Today, 6(1), 48-59.

Schwartz, F. (2004). Medical Music Therapy for the Premature Baby Research Review. In M. Nocker- Ribaupierre (Ed.), Music Therapy for Premature and Newborn Infants (pp. 85-96). Gilsum, NH: Barcelona.

Şen, H., Sizlan, A., Yanarateş, Ö., Kul, M., Kılıç, E., Özkan, S., et al. (2009). The effect of musical therapy on postoperative pain after caesarean section. Müzik Terapisinin Postoperatif Sezaryen Ağrısına Etkisi, 8(2), 107-112.

Shin, H. S., & Kim, J. H. (2011). Music therapy on anxiety, stress and maternal-fetal attachment in pregnant women during transvaginal ultrasound. Asian Nursing Research, 5(1), 19-27.

Shoemark, H. (1999). Indications for the Inclusion of Music Therapy in the Care of Infants with Bronchopulmonary Dysplasia. In T. Wigram & J. De Backer (Eds.), Clinical Applications of Music Therapy in Developmental Disability, Paediatrics and Neurology (pp. 32-46). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Shoemark, H. (2004). Family-Centered Music Therapy for Infants With Complex Medical and Surgical Needs. In M. Nocker-Ribaupierre (Ed.), Music Therapy for Premature and Newborn Infants (pp. 141-158). Gilsum, NH: Barcelona.

Shoemark, H. (2006). Infant-directed singing as a vehicle for regulation rehearsal in the medically fragile full-term infant. Australian Journal of Music Therapy, 17, 54.

Shoemark, H. (2012). Family-Centred Music Therapy for Infants with Complex Medical and Surgical Needs. In M. Nocker- Ribaupierre (Ed.), Hören – Brücke ins Leben. Musiktherapie für früh- und neugeborene Kinder. Forschung und klinische Praxis (pp. 207-231). Wiesbaden: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht.

Shoemark, H. (2014). Contingent Singing as a Therapeutic Intervention for the Hospitalised Full-Term Neonate. In C. Paul & F. Thomson-Salo (Eds.), The Baby as Subject: Clinical Studies in Infant-Parent Therapy (pp. 45-56). London: Karnac.

Shoemark, H., & Dearn, T. (2008). Keeping parents at the centre of family centred music therapy with hospitalised infants. Australian Journal of Music Therapy, 19, 3-24.

Sidorenko, V. (2000). Clinical application of medical resonance therapy music in high-risk pregnancies. Integrative Physiological and Behavioral Science, 35, 199-207.

Standley, J. (2003). Music Therapy with Premature Infants: Research and Developmental Interventions. Silver Spring, MD: AMTA.

Standley, J. (2012). Music therapy research in the NICU: An updated meta-analysis. Neonatal Network: The Journal of Neonatal Nursing, 31(5), 311-316.

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 13: Neonatal, Paediatric and Maternal Care

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 77 -

Standley, J. M. (1991). The role of music in pacification/stimulation of premature infants with low birthweights. Music Therapy Perspectives, 9, 19-25.

Standley, J. M. (1998). The effect of music and multimodal stimulation on responses of premature infants in neonatal intensive care. Pediatric Nursing, 24(6), 532-538.

Standley, J. M. (1998). Pre and perinatal growth and development: Implications of music benefits for premature infants. International Journal of Music Education(1), 1-13.

Standley, J. M. (2000). The effect of contingent music to increase non-nutritive sucking of premature infants. Pediatric Nursing, 26(5), 493-495, 498-499.

Standley, J. M. (2001). Music therapy for the neonate. Newborn and Infant Nursing Reviews, 1(4), 211-216.

Standley, J. M. (2002). A meta-analysis of the efficacy of music therapy for premature infants. Journal of Pediatric Nursing, 17(2), 107-113.

Standley, J. M., & Hanser, S. B. (1995). Music therapy research and applications in pediatric oncology treatment. Journal of Pediatric Oncology Nursing, 12(1), 3-8.

Standley, J. M., & Moore, R. S. (1995). Therapeutic effects of music and mother's voice on premature infants. Pediatric Nursing, 21(6), 509.

Standley, J. M., & Swedberg, O. (2011). NICU music therapy: Post hoc analysis of an early intervention clinical program. The Arts in Psychotherapy, 38(1), 36-40.

Standley, J. M., & Whipple, J. (2003). Music Therapy for Premature Infants in the Neonatal Intensive Care Unit: Health and Developmental Benefits. In S. Robb (Ed.), Music Therapy in Pediatric Healthcare: Research and Evidence-Based Practice (pp. 19-30). Silver Spring, MD: American Music Therapy Association.

Stewart, K. (2009). Dimensions of the Voice: The Use of Voice and Breath with Infants and Caregivers in the NICU. In R. Azoulay & J. Loewy (Eds.), Music, the Breath, and Health: Advances in Integrative Music Therapy (pp. 235-250). New York: Satchnote Press.

Stewart, K. (2009). PATTERNS—A Model for Evaluating Trauma in NICU Music Therapy Part 1—Theory and Design. Music and Medicine, 1(1), 29-40.

Stewart, K. (2009). PATTERNS—A Model for Evaluating Trauma in NICU Music Therapy Part 2—Treatment Parameters. Music and Medicine, 1(2), 123-128.

Stouffer, J. W., Shirk, B. J., & Polomano, R. C. (2007). Practice guidelines for music interventions with hospitalized pediatric patients. Journal of Pediatric Nursing, 22(6), 448-456.

Taghinejad, H., Delpisheh, A., & Suhrabi, Z. (2010). Comparison between massage and music therapies to relieve the severity of labor pain. Women's Health, 6(3), 377-381.

Teckenberg-Jansson, P., Huotilainen, M., Pölkki, T., Lipsanen, J., & Järvenpää, A.-L. (2011). Rapid effects of neonatal music therapy combined with kangaroo care on prematurely-born infants. Nordic Journal of Music Therapy, 20(1), 22-42.

Tramo, M. J., Lense, M., Van Ness, C., Kagan, J., Settle, M. D., & Cronin, J. H. (2011). Effects of music on psychological and behavioral indices of acute pain and stress in premature infants: Clinical trial and literature review. Music and Medicine, 3(2), 72-83.

Treurnicht Naylor, K., Kingsnorth, S., Lamont, A., McKeever, P., & Macarthur, C. (2011). The effectiveness of music in pediatric healthcare: A systematic review of randomized controlled trials. Evidence-Based Complementary and Alternative Medicine, 2011, Retrieved from www.hindawi.com/journals/ecam/2011/464759/

Vianna, M., Barbosa, A., Carvalhaes, A., & Cunha, A. (2012). Music therapy may increase breastfeeding rates among mothers of premature newborns: A randomized controlled trial. Voices: A World Forum for Music Therapy, 12(3), Retrieved from https://voices.no/index.php/voices/article/viewArticle/678/560

Whipple, J. (2000). The effect of parent training in music and multimodal stimulation on parent-neonate interactions in the neonatal intensive care unit. Journal of Music Therapy, 37(4), 250-268.

Whipple, J. (2005). Music and multimodal stimulation as developmental intervention in neonatal intensive care. Music Therapy Perspectives, 23(2), 100.

Whipple, J. (2008). The effect of music-reinforced nonnutritive sucking on state of preterm, low birthweight infants experiencing heelstick. Journal of Music Therapy, 45(3), 227-272.

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 13: Neonatal, Paediatric and Maternal Care

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 78 -

Whitehead-Pleaux, A., Clark, S., & Spall, L. (2011). Indications and counterindications for electronic music technologies in a pediatric medical setting. Music and Medicine, 3(3), 154-162.

Whitwell, G. E. (1999). The importance of prenatal sound and music. Journal of Prenatal and Perinatal Psychology and Health, 13, 255-262.

Yang, M., Li, L., Zhu, H., Alexander, I. M., Liu, S., Zhou, W., et al. (2009). Music therapy to relieve anxiety in pregnant women on bedrest: A randomized, controlled trial. MCN: The American Journal of Maternal/Child Nursing, 34(5), 316-323.

Other useful resources

Journals

Birth

Clinical Pediatrics

Infant Behavior and Development

Journal of Perinatal Education

Websites

Chelsea and Westminster Hospital (NHS) - Music Therapy for children and young people, www.chelwest.nhs.uk/services/therapy-services/music-therapy-children

Music Therapy Association of British Columbia, Childbirth and Neonatal Care, www.mtabc.com/page.php?55

National Institute for Infant & Child Medical Music Therapy, www.music.fsu.edu/Areas-of-Study/Music-Therapy/Certifications/NICU-MT

NICU Music Therapy, www.nicumusictherapy.com

Policy Research Unit in Maternal Health & Care, www.npeu.ox.ac.uk/prumhc

Relevant UK Policy Documents

Guidance on the Planning and Design of Neonatal Units (Department of Health, March 2013) www.gov.uk/government/publications/guidance-on-the-planning-and-design-of-neonatal-units

Guidance for the Planning and Design of Maternity Care Facilities (Department of Health, March 2013) www.gov.uk/government/publications/guidance-for-the-planning-and-design-of-maternity-care-facilities

Neonatal Guidelines (Staffordshire, Shropshire and Black Country Newborn Network, 2011) www.networks.nhs.uk/nhs-networks/staffordshire-shropshire-and-black-country-newborn/neonatal-guidelines

NICE Specialist Neonatal Care Quality Standard (October 2010) http://publications.nice.org.uk/specialist-neonatal-care-quality-standard-qs4

Service Standards for Hospitals Providing Neonatal Care (British Association of Perinatal Medicine, August 2010) www.bapm.org/publications/documents/guidelines/BAPM_Standards_Final_Aug2010.pdf

Policies to Support Practice Areas Caring for Neonates, Children and Young People (Royal College of Nursing, 2010) www.rcn.org.uk/__data/assets/pdf_file/0006/327903/003822.pdf

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank

(3rd Edition, February 2014)

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 79 -

Account No. 14 Prisons and Detainee Centres

The Evidence Bank is developed by the Nordoff Robbins Research Department and provides a wealth of

Music Therapy and Music & Health references to research papers, journals, websites and policy

documents. Proposals for new entries can be emailed to: [email protected]

Selected bibliography (1990-2014) Bensimon, M., Einat, T., & Avi, G. (2013). The impact of relaxing music on prisoners' levels of anxiety and

anger. International Journal of Offender Therapy and Comparative Criminology, Advance online publication.

Chen, X. J., Hannibal, N., Xu, K., & Gold, C. (2013). Group music therapy for prisoners: Protocol for a randomised controlled trial. Nordic Journal of Music Therapy, Advance online publication.

Chen, X. J., Leith, H., & Gold, C. (2014). Music therapy for improving mental health in offenders. The Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews.

Cox, A., & Gelsthorpe, L. (2008). Beats & Bars, Music in Prisons: An Evaluation. Cambridge: Institute of Criminology, University of Cambridge.

Daveson, B., & Edwards, J. (2001). A descriptive study exploring the role of music therapy in prisons. The Arts in Psychotherapy, 28(2), 137-141.

Daykin, N., De Viggiani, N., Pilkington, P., & Moriarty, Y. (2013). Music making for health, well-being and behaviour change in youth justice settings: A systematic review. Health Promotion International, 28(2), 197-210.

De Viggiani, N., Macintosh, S., & Lang, P. (2010). Music in time: An evaluation of a participatory creative music programme for older prisoners. Project Report. University of the West of England, Bristol, Retrieved from http://eprints.uwe.ac.uk/8255/

Dickinson, S. C., Odell-Miller, H., & Adlam, J. (Eds.). (2012). Forensic Music Therapy: A Treatment for Men and Women in Secure Hospital Settings. London: Jessica Kingsley.

Digard, L., Von Sponeck, A., & Liebling, A. (2007). All together now: The therapeutic potential of a prison-based music programme. Prison Service Journal, 170(March), 3-14.

Faulkner, S. (2011). Drumbeat: in search of belonging. Youth Studies Australia, 30(2), 9-14.

Gallagher, L., & Steele, A. L. (2002). Music therapy with offenders in a substance abuse/mental illness treatment program. Music Therapy Perspectives, 20(2), 117-122.

Gold, C., Assmus, J., Hjørnevik, K., Qvale, L. G., Brown, F. K., Hansen, A. L., et al. (2013). Music therapy for prisoners: Pilot randomised controlled trial and implications for evaluating psychosocial interventions. International Journal of Offender Therapy and Comparative Criminology, Advance online publication.

Hakvoort, L. (2002). A music therapy anger management program for forensic offenders. Music Therapy Perspectives, 20(2), 123-132.

Kachnicz, Z. (2005). Music and songs as a means of self-defence of concentration camp prisoners. Przeglad Humanistyczny (Humanistic Review), 39(2 (389)), 73-85.

Mendonça, M. (2010). Prison, music and the rehabilitation revolution: The case of Good Vibrations. Journal of Applied Arts and Health, 1(3), 295-307.

Milliken, R. (2002). Dance/movement therapy as a creative arts therapy approach in prison to the treatment of violence. The Arts in Psychotherapy, 29(4), 203-206.

O'Grady, L. (2011). The Therapeutic Potentials of Creating and Performing Music with Women in Prison: A Qualitative Case Study. In S. Gardstrom (Ed.), Qualitative Inquiries in Music Therapy (Vol. 6, pp. 122-152). Gilsum, NH: Barcelona.

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 14: Prisons and Detainee Centres

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 80 -

Payne, B. K. (2012). You’re so vain you probably think this keynote is about you: Expanding art and music in criminal justice. American Journal of Criminal Justice, 37(3), 291-305.

Re, R., & Tenney, K. (2002). Music therapy for offenders in residential treatment. Music Therapy Perspectives, 22(1), 89-97.

Rio, R. E., & Tenney, K. S. (2002). Music therapy for juvenile offenders in residential treatment. Music Therapy Perspectives, 20(2), 89-97.

Rodrigues, H., Leite, A., Faria, C., Monteiro, I., & Rodrigues, P. M. (2010). Music for mothers and babies living in a prison: A report on a special production of BebBab. International Journal of Community Music, 3(1), 77-90.

Romanowski, B. (2007). Benefits and limitations of music therapy with psychiatric patients in the penitentiary system. Music Therapy Today, 8(3), 462-475.

Silber, L. (2005). Bars behind bars: The impact of a women's prison choir on social harmony. Music Education Research, 7(2), 251-271.

Somma, D. (2011). Music as discipline, solidarity and nostalgia in the Zonderwater prisoner of war camp of South Africa. South African Music Studies, 31(1), 71-88.

Tuastad, L., & O'Grady, L. (2013). Music therapy inside and outside prison – A freedom practice? Nordic Journal of Music Therapy, 22(3), 210-232.

Underhill, J. (2011). The psychological impact of music workshops on immigration detainees. PhD Thesis, University College London. Retrieved from http://discovery.ucl.ac.uk/1326258/

Wallace, T. E. (1995). The use of music therapy with a domestic violence support group in a women's prison. Master Thesis, Florida State University, Tallahassee.

Ward, K. (1996). The effects of music therapy with chemically dependent offenders in a women's prison. Master Thesis, Florida State University, Tallahassee.

Williams, R., & Taylor, J. Y. (2004). Narrative art and incarcerated abused women. Art Education, 57(2), 46-52.

Wilson, D., Caulfield, L., & Atherton, S. (2008). Promoting positive change: Assessing the long-term psychological, emotional and behavioural effects of the good vibrations Gamelan in prisons project. Birmingham City University: Centre for Criminal Justice, Policy and Research.

Wyatt, J. (2002). From the field: Clinical resources for music therapy with juvenile offenders. Music Therapy Perspectives, 20(2), 80-88.

Other useful resources

Journals

International Journal of Offender Therapy and Comparative Criminology

International Journal of Prisoner Health

Journal of Contemporary Criminal Justice

Journal of Prison Discipline and Philanthropy

Prison Service Journal

Websites

Association of Visitors to Immigration Detainees, www.aviddetention.org.uk

Detention Action, http://detentionaction.org.uk

Jail Guitar Doors, www.jailguitardoors.org.uk

Music in Prisons, www.musicinprisons.org.uk

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 14: Prisons and Detainee Centres

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 81 -

The Prison Arts Coalition, http://theprisonartscoalition.com

Prison Reform Trust, www.prisonreformtrust.org.uk

Prisoners’ Advice Service, www.prisonersadvice.org.uk

Prisoners’ Education Trust, www.prisonerseducation.org.uk

Relevant UK Policy Documents

Future Prisons: A Radical Plan to Reform the Prison Estate (Policy Exchange, 2013) www.policyexchange.org.uk/publications/category/item/future-prisons-a-radical-plan-to-reform-the-prison-estate

Improving Health, Supporting Justice (Department of Health, 2009) www.nhsconfed.org/Publications/briefings/2009-Briefings/Pages/Improving-Health-Supporting-Justice.aspx

The Bradley Report: Lord Bradley’s Review of People with Mental Health Problems or Learning Disabilities in the Criminal Justice System (Department of Health, 2009) www.rcpsych.ac.uk/pdf/Bradley%20Report11.pdf

Prison Service Orders (Ministry of Justice, 2009) www.justice.gov.uk/offenders/psos

Volunteering: A Guide to Practice for Prisons (HM Prison Service, 2002) www.unlock.org.uk/userfiles/file/IAG/Volunteering_Guide_for_prisons.pdf

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 14: Prisons and Detainee Centres

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 82 -

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank

(3rd Edition, February 2014)

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 83 -

Account No. 15 Medical Procedures

The Evidence Bank is developed by the Nordoff Robbins Research Department and provides a wealth of

Music Therapy and Music & Health references to research papers, journals, websites and policy

documents. Proposals for new entries can be emailed to: [email protected]

Selected bibliography (1990-2014) Bernatzky, G., Strickner, S., Presch, M., Wendtner, F., & Kullich, W. (2012). Music as Non-Pharmacological

Pain Management in Clinics. In R. MacDonald, G. Kreutz & L. Mitchell (Eds.), Music, Health, and Wellbeing (pp. 257-275). Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Cantekin, I., & Tan, M. (2013). The influence of music therapy on perceived stressors and anxiety levels of hemodialysis patients. Renal Failure, 35(1), 105-109.

Chang, H.-K., Peng, T.-C., Wang, J.-H., & Lai, H.-L. (2011). Psychophysiological responses to sedative music in patients awaiting cardiac catheterization examination: A randomized controlled trial. Journal of Cardiovascular Nursing, 26(5), E11-E18.

Chen, X., Seth, R. K., Rao, V. S., Huang, J. J., & Adelman, R. A. (2012). Effects of music therapy on intravitreal injections: A randomized clinical trial. Journal of Ocular Pharmacology and Therapeutics, 28(4), 414-419.

Chlan, L. L., Weinert, C. R., Heiderscheit, A., Tracy, M. F., Skaar, D. J., Guttormson, J. L., et al. (2013). Effects of patient-directed music intervention on anxiety and sedative exposure in critically ill patients receiving mechanical ventilatory support: A randomized clinical trial patient-directed music intervention. JAMA, 309(22), 2335-2344.

Cole, L. C., & LoBiondo-Wood, G. (2012). Music as an adjuvant therapy in control of pain and symptoms in hospitalized adults: A systematic review. Pain Management Nursing, Advance online publication.

Crawford, I., Hogan, T., & Silverman, M. J. (2013). Effects of music therapy on perception of stress, relaxation, mood, and side effects in patients on a solid organ transplant unit: A randomized effectiveness study. The Arts in Psychotherapy, 40(2), 224-229.

Deljanin Ilic, M., Ilic, S., Pavlovic, R., Kocic, G., Kalimanovska Ostric, D., Stoickov, V., et al. (2013). Effects of music therapy on endothelial function in patients with coronary artery disease participating in rehabilitation. European Heart Journal, 34(suppl 1), P5797.

DeMarco, J., Alexander, J. L., Nehrenz, G., & Gallagher, L. (2012). The benefit of music for the reduction of stress and anxiety in patients undergoing elective cosmetic surgery. Music and Medicine, 4(1), 44-48.

Dileo, C., & Zanders, M. (2005). In-between: Music Therapy with Inpatients Awaiting a Heart Transplant. In C. Dileo & J. Loewy (Eds.), Music Therapy at the End of Life (pp. 65-76). Cherry Hill, NJ: Jeffrey Books.

Evans, D. (2002). The effectiveness of music as an intervention for hospital patients: A systematic review. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 37(1), 8-18.

Ghetti, C. M. (2011). Music therapy as procedural support for invasive medical procedures: Toward the development of music therapy theory. Nordic Journal of Music Therapy, 21(1), 3-35.

Ghetti, C. M. (2012). Effect of music therapy with emotional-approach coping on preprocedural anxiety in cardiac catheterization: A randomized controlled trial. Journal of Music Therapy, 50(2), 93-122.

Guerrero, J. M., Castaño, P. M., Schmidt, E. O., Rosario, L., & Westhoff, C. L. (2012). Music as an auxiliary analgesic during first trimester surgical abortion: A randomized controlled trial. Contraception, 86(2), 157-162.

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 15: Medical Procedures

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 84 -

Hook, L., Songwathana, P., & Petpichetchian, W. (2013). Music therapy with female surgical patients: Effect on anxiety and pain. Thai Journal of Nursing Research, 12(4), 259-271. Retrieved from http://thailand.digitaljournals.org/index.php/TJNR/article/view/2478

Kleiber, C., & Adamek, M. S. (2013). Adolescents’ perceptions of music therapy following spinal fusion surgery. Journal of Clinical Nursing, 22(3-4), 414-422.

Kocabaş, P., & Khorshid, L. (2012). A comparison of the effects of a special gynaecological garment and music in reducing the anxiety related to gynaecological examination. Journal of Clinical Nursing,

21(5‐6), 791-799.

Kushnir, J., Friedman, A., Ehrenfeld, M., & Kushnir, T. (2012). Coping with preoperative anxiety in cesarean section: physiological, cognitive, and emotional effects of listening to favorite music. Birth, 39(2), 121-127.

Kwan, M., & Seah, A. S. T. (2013). Music therapy as a non-pharmacological adjunct to pain management: Experiences at an acute hospital in Singapore. Progress in Palliative Care, 21(3), 151-157.

Lee, K.-C., Chao, Y.-H., Yiin, J.-J., Hsieh, H.-Y., Dai, W.-J., & Chao, Y.-F. (2012). Evidence that music listening reduces preoperative patients’ anxiety. Biological Research for Nursing, 14(1), 78-84.

Mahdavi, A., Gorji, M. A. H., Gorji, A. M. H., Yazdani, J., & Ardebil, M. D. (2013). Implementing benson's relaxation training in hemodialysis patients: Changes in perceived stress, anxiety, and depression. North American Journal of Medical Sciences, 5(9), 536-540.

Mandel, S. E., Hanser, S. B., Secic, M., & Davis, B. A. (2007). Effects of music therapy on health-related outcomes in cardiac rehabilitation: A randomized controlled trial. Journal of Music Therapy, 44(3), 176-197.

McCaffrey, R. (2009). The effect of music on acute confusion in older adults after hip or knee surgery. Applied Nursing Research, 22(2), 107-112.

McLeod, R. (2012). Evaluating the effect of music on patient anxiety during minor plastic surgery. Journal of Perioperative Practice, 22(1), 14-18.

Moris, D. N., & Linos, D. (2013). Music meets surgery: Two sides to the art of “healing”. Surgical Endoscopy, 27(3), 719-723.

Motahedian, E., Movahedirad, S., Hajizadeh, E., & Lak, M. (2012). The effect of music therapy on postoperative pain intensity in patients under spinal anesthesia. Iranian Journal of Critical Care Nursing, 5(3), 139-144.

Ni, C.-H., Tsai, W.-H., Lee, L.-M., Kao, C.-C., & Chen, Y.-C. (2012). Minimising preoperative anxiety with music for day surgery patients – A randomised clinical trial. Journal of Clinical Nursing, 21(5-6), 620-625.

Ottaviani, S., Jean-Luc, B., Thomas, B., & Pascal, R. (2012). Effect of music on anxiety and pain during joint lavage for knee osteoarthritis. Clinical Rheumatology, 31(3), 531-534.

Ryu, M. J., Park, J. S., & Park, H. (2012). Effect of sleep‐inducing music on sleep in persons with percutaneous transluminal coronary angiography in the cardiac care unit. Journal of Clinical Nursing,

21(5‐6), 728-735.

Sadideen, H., Parikh, A., Dobbs, T., Pay, A., & Critchley, P. (2012). Is there a role for music in reducing anxiety in plastic surgery minor operations? Annals of The Royal College of Surgeons of England, 94(3), 152-154.

Sharif, F., Shoul, A., Janati, M., Kojuri, J., & Zare, N. (2012). The effect of cardiac rehabilitation on anxiety and depression in patients undergoing cardiac bypass graft surgery in Iran. BMC Cardiovascular Disorders, 12(1), Retrieved from www.biomedcentral.com/1471-2261/12/40

Vaajoki, A., Pietilä, A. M., Kankkunen, P., & Vehviläinen‐Julkunen, K. (2012). Effects of listening to music on pain intensity and pain distress after surgery: An intervention. Journal of Clinical Nursing, 21(5‐6), 708-717.

Vaajoki, A., Pietilä, A.-M., Kankkunen, P., & Vehviläinen-Julkunen, K. (2013). Music intervention study in abdominal surgery patients: Challenges of an intervention study in clinical practice. International Journal of Nursing Practice, 19(2), 206-213.

Vanderboom, T. L., Arcari, P. M., Duffy, M. E., Somarouthu, B., Rabinov, J. D., Yoo, A. J., et al. (2012). Effects of a music intervention on patients undergoing cerebral angiography: A pilot study. Journal of Neurointerventional Surgery, 4(3), 229-233.

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 15: Medical Procedures

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 85 -

Wu, J., Chaplin, W., Amico, J., Butler, M., Ojie, M. J., Hennedy, D., et al. (2012). Music for surgical abortion care study: A randomized controlled pilot study. Contraception, 85(5), 496-502.

Other useful resources

Journals

Biological Research for Nursing

Journal of Advanced Nursing

Journal of Clinical Nursing

Music and Medicine

Websites

The Institute of Music in Medicine, www.imim.com.au

International Association for Music & Medicine (IAMM), www.iammonline.com

International Society for Music in Medicine, http://musicmedicine1.jimdo.com

ISME Music in Special Education, Music Therapy and Music Medicine Commission, www.isme.org/special

Music Medicine Institute, www.musicmedicine.org

Relevant UK Policy Documents

The NHS Constitution (March 2013) www.nhs.uk/choiceintheNHS/Rightsandpledges/NHSConstitution/Documents/2013/the-nhs-constitution-for-england-2013.pdf

NHS England Policies and Procedures for Primary Medical Services (Primary Care Commissioning, 2013), www.england.nhs.uk/wp-content/uploads/2013/10/pol-proc-med.pdf

The Patient Rights (Scotland) Act 2011 www.legislation.gov.uk/asp/2011/5/contents

NHS Consent to Treatment www.nhs.uk/conditions/consent-to-treatment/pages/introduction.aspx

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 15: Medical Procedures

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 86 -

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank

(3rd Edition, February 2014)

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 87 -

Account No. 16 Music Therapy and Technology

The Evidence Bank is developed by the Nordoff Robbins Research Department and provides a wealth of

Music Therapy and Music & Health references to research papers, journals, websites and policy

documents. Proposals for new entries can be emailed to: [email protected]

Selected bibliography (1990-2014) Andersson, A.-P., & Cappelen, B. (2013). Designing Empowering Vocal and Tangible Interaction. In L.

Kyogu (Ed.), The International Conference on New Interfaces for Musical Expression (pp. 406-412). Kaejeon: Seoul National University.

Andersson, A.-P., & Cappelen, B. (2013). Vocal and Tangible Technology for Music and Health. In G. Trondalen (Ed.), Book of Abstracts: Setting the Tone: Cultures of Relating and Reflecting in Music Therapy (pp. 24-24). Oslo: The Norwegian Academy of Music.

Bicknell, J., Alter, D., Anantawan, A., & McKeever, P. (2013). Disability and artistic performance: Reconsidering rehabilitation and assistive technology. Arts & Health: International Journal for Research, Policy & Practice, 5(2), 166-174.

Cevasco, A. M., & Hong, A. (2011). Utilizing technology in clinical practice: A comparison of board-certified music therapists and music therapy students. Music Therapy Perspectives, 29(1), 65-73.

Chester, K. K., Holmberg, T. K., Lawrence, M. P., & Thurmond, L. L. (1999). A program-based consultative music therapy model for public schools. Music Therapy Perspectives, 17, 82-91.

Crowe, B. J., & Rio, R. (2004). Implications of technology in music therapy practice and research for music therapy education: A review of literature. Journal of Music Therapy, 41(4), 282-320.

Erkkilä, J., Lartillot, O., Luck, G., Riikkilä, K., & Toiviainen, P. (2004). Intelligent music systems in music therapy. Music Therapy Today, 5(5), Retrieved from http://musictherapyworld.net

Exter, J. A. (2012). Evolving Uses for Music Therapy Technology in Pediatric Medical Settings. Philadelphia: Creative Arts Therapies Department, Drexel University.

Gallagher, L. M., & Steele, A. L. (2001). Developing and using a computerized database for music therapy in palliative medicine. Journal of Palliative Care, 17(3), 147-154.

Hahna, N. D., Hadley, S., Miller, V. H., & Bonaventura, M. (2012). Music technology usage in music therapy: A survey of practice. The Arts in Psychotherapy, 39(5), 456-464.

Hölzl, M., Denker, G., Meier, M., & M., W. (2009). Constraint-Muse: A Soft-Constraint Based System for Music Therapy. In A. Kurz, M. Lenisa & A. Tarlecki (Eds.), Algebra and Coalgebra in Computer Science, Third International Conference Proceedings (7-10 September 2009, Udine, Italy) (pp. 423-432). Berlin: Springer.

Hooper, J., & Lindsay, B. (1997). The Use of the Somatron on the Treatment of Anxiety Problems with Clients who Have Learning Disabilities. In T. Wigram & C. Dileo (Eds.), Music, Vibration and Health. Cherry Hill, NJ: Jeffrey Books.

Hunt, A., Kirk, R., Abbotson, M., & Abbotson, R. (2000). Music therapy and electronic technology. In F. Vajda (Ed.), Proceedings from EuroMicro conference (Volume II) (pp. A362-A367). Los Alamitos, CA: IEEE COMPUTER SOC.

Hunt, A., Kirk, R., & Neighbour, M. (2004). Multiple media interfaces for music therapy. J.IEEE Multi Media, 11(3), 50-58.

Kirk, R., Abbotson, M., Abbotson, R., Hunt, A., & Cleaton, A. (1994). Computer music in the service of music therapy: The MIDIGRID and MIDICREATOR systems. Medical Engineering and Physics, 16, 253-258.

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 16: Music Therapy and Technology

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 88 -

Knight, A., & Lagasse, A. B. (2012). Re-connecting to music technology: Looking back and looking forward. Music Therapy Perspectives, 30(2), 188-195.

Krout, R. (1994). Integrating technology. Music Therapy Perspectives, 12(2), 59-60.

Magee, W. (2006). Electronic technologies in clinical music therapy: A survey of practice and attitudes. Technology and Disability, 18(3), 139-146.

Magee, W. (2013). Models for Roles and Collaborations when Using Music Technology in Music Therapy. In W. Magee (Ed.), Music Technology in Therapeutic and Health Settings (pp. 361-386). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Magee, W., Bertolami, M., Kubicek, L., LaJoie, M., Martino, L., Sankowski, A., et al. (2011). Using music technology in music therapy with populations across the life span in medical and educational programs. Music and Medicine, 3(3), 146-153.

Magee, W., & Burland, K. (2008). An exploratory study of the use of electronic music technologies in clinical music therapy. Nordic Journal of Music Therapy, 17(2), 124-141.

Magee, W., & Burland, K. (2008). Using electronic music technologies in music therapy: Opportunities, limitations and clinical indicators. British Journal of Music Therapy, 22(1), 3-15.

Magee, W. (Ed.). (2013). Music Technology in Therapeutic and Health Settings. London: Jessica Kingsley.

Meadows, A. (2005). Computer Programs for Quantitative Data Analysis. In B. Wheeler (Ed.), Music Therapy Research (2nd edition) (pp. 168-178). Gilsum, NH: Barcelona.

Miranda, E., Magee, W., Wilson, J., Eaton, J., & Palaniappan, R. (2011). Brain-computer music interfacing (BCMI): From basic research to the real world of special needs. Music and Medicine, 3(3), 134-140.

Misje, R. (2013). Music technology in music therapy - A study of the possibilities, potential and problems around the use of music technologies in music therapy with youths and adolescents. Master Thesis, The University of Bergen. Retrieved from https://bora.uib.no/handle/1956/7133

Musumeci, J. S., Fidelibus, J. F., & Sorel, S. N. (2005). Software Tools for Music Therapy Qualitative Research. In W. B. (Ed.), Music Therapy Research (2nd Edition) (pp. 187-196). Gilsum, NH: Barcelona.

Nagler, J. (1998). Digital Music Technology in Music Therapy Practice. In C. Tomaino (Ed.), Clinical Applications of Music in Neurologic Rehabilitation (pp. 41-49). Saint Louis: MMB.

Norman, L., & Norman, E. (2011). Engaging industrial designers with music therapy. Music and Medicine, 3(3), 163-171.

Oliveros, P., Miller, L., Heyen, J., Siddall, G., & Hazard, S. (2011). A musical improvisation interface for people with severe physical disabilities. Music and Medicine, 3(3), 172-181.

Ramsey, D. (2011). Designing musically assisted rehabilitation systems. Music and Medicine, 3(3), 141-145.

Robertson, P. (2013). Music, Therapy and Technology. In V. Bates, A. Bleakley & S. Goodman (Eds.), Medicine, Health and the Arts: Approaches to the Medical Humanities (pp. 227-245). New York: Routledge.

Stewart, D. E., Brown, A. R., Hansen, A., & Philipson, A. (2012). Network Jamming: Can Music Technology and Collaborative Music Making Work to Improve Indigenous Health and Wellbeing? In M. Shipton & E. Himonides (Eds.), Setting the Tempo: The Need for a Progressive Research Programme on Music Health and Wellbeing (pp. 63-64). London: SEMPRE.

Streeter, E. (2007). Reactions and responses from the music therapy community to the growth of computers and technology: Some preliminary thoughts. Voices: A World Forum for Music Therapy, 7(1), Retrieved from https://voices.no/index.php/voices/article/viewArticle/467/376

Streeter, E. (2010). Computer Aided Music Therapy Evaluation: Investigating and Testing the Music Therapy Logbook Prototype 1 System. Unpublished PhD Thesis, Department of Music. University of York.

Streeter, E. (2013). Taking gender into account: Brief report on a survey of music therapists’ attitudes to future use of a proposed computer aided evaluation system: the music therapy logbook. The Arts in Psychotherapy, 40(4), 404-408.

Streeter, E., Davies, M. E. P., Reiss, J. D., Hunt, A., Caley, R., & Roberts, C. (2012). Computer aided music therapy evaluation: Testing the Music Therapy Logbook prototype 1 system. The Arts in Psychotherapy, 39(1), 1-10.

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 16: Music Therapy and Technology

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 89 -

Tam, C., Schwellnus, H., Eaton, C., Hamdani, Y., Lamont, A., & Chau, T. (2007). Movement-to-music computer technology: A developmental play experience for children with severe physical disabilities. Occupational Therapy International, 14(2), 99-112.

Verity, A. (2003). Music Technology: Computer Aided Music Therapy Analysis system (CAMTAS). Unpublished PhD Thesis, Department of Engineering. University of York.

Vogiatzoglou, A., Ockelford, A., Welch, G., & Himonides, E. (2011). Sounds of intent: Interactive software to assess the musical development of children and young people with complex needs. Music and Medicine, 3(3), 189-195.

Whitehead-Pleaux, A., Clark, S., & Spall, L. (2011). Indications and counterindications for electronic music technologies in a pediatric medical setting. Music and Medicine, 3(3), 154-162.

Williams, D. B. (2012). The non-traditional music student in secondary schools of the United States: Engaging non-participant students in creative music activities through technology. Journal of Music, Technology and Education, 4(2-3), 131-147.

Other useful resources

Journals

Journal of Music, Technology and Education

Journal of Music Therapy

Journal of Technology in Music Learning

Organised Sound: An International Journal of Music and Technology

Technology and Disability

Websites

Association for the Advancement of Assistive Technology in Europe, www.aaate.net

Audio Support, www.audiosupport.co.uk

British Association for Music Therapy: Technology Network (membership/password required), www.bamt.org/british-association-for-music-therapy-members/british-association-for-music-therapy-networks/music-technology-network.html

Open Rights Group, www.openrightsgroup.org/people/advisory

Soundbeam, www.soundbeam.co.uk

Relevant UK Policy Documents

National Endowment for Science, Technology and the Arts (Department for Business Innovation and Skills, 2010) www.bis.gov.uk/policies/innovation/nesta

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 16: Music Therapy and Technology

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 90 -

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank

(3rd Edition, February 2014)

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 91 -

Account No. 17 Music, Arts, Health and Society

The Evidence Bank is developed by the Nordoff Robbins Research Department and provides a wealth of

Music Therapy and Music & Health references to research papers, journals, websites and policy

documents. Proposals for new entries can be emailed to: [email protected]

Selected bibliography (1990-2014) Aigen, K. (2012). Community Music Therapy. In G. McPherson & G. Welch (Eds.), The Oxford Handbook of

Music Education (Vol. 2, pp. 138-154). Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Angus, J. (2002). A review of evaluation in community-based art for health activity in the UK. London: NHS, Health Development Agency. Retrieved from www.hda-online.org.uk

Ansdell, G., & DeNora, T. (2012). Musical Flourishing: Community Music Therapy, Controversy, and the Cultivation of Wellbeing. In R. MacDonald, G. Kreutz & L. Mitchell (Eds.), Music, Health, and Wellbeing (pp. 97-112). Oxford Oxford University Press.

Arts Council England. (2004). Arts in health: A review of the medical literature. Retrieved from www.artscouncil.org.uk/publication_archive/arts-in-health-a-review-of-the-medical-literature

Arts Council England. (2007). A prospectus for arts and health. Retrieved from www.artscouncil.org.uk/publication_archive/a-prospectus-for-arts-and-health

Arts Council Wales et al. (2009). Improving the patient experience: The art of good health – A practical handbook. Retrieved from www.artswales.org.uk

Aston, J. (2009). Hospital arts co-ordinators: An accidental profession? Retrieved from www.josieaston.co.uk/arts-and-health-resources/

Aston, J. (2011). Mapping Music and Health: A Nordoff Robbins Consultation. London: Nordoff Robbins Music Therapy. Retrieved from www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk/content/what-we-do/research-and-resources/resources

Baines, S. (2012). Music therapy as an anti-oppressive practice. The Arts in Psychotherapy, 40(1), 1-5.

Barrett, M. S., & Smigiel, H. M. (2007). Children’s perspectives of participation in music youth arts settings: Meaning, value and participation. Research Studies in Music Education, 28(1), 39-50.

Belver, M. H., & Ullan, A. M. (2010). Symbolic environmental mediators in health settings: The role of art in the humanization of children’s hospitals. Arte, Individuo y Society,, 22(2), 73-81.

Bonde, L. O. (2011). Health musicing - Music therapy or music and health? A model, empirical examples and personal reflections. Music & Arts in Action, 3(2), 120-140.

Catterall, J., Dumais, S., & Hampden-Thompson, G. (2012). The Arts and Achievement in At-Risk Youth: Findings from Four Longitudinal Studies (Vol. 5). Washington, DC: National Endowment for the Arts. Retrieved from http://arts.gov/sites/default/files/Arts-At-Risk-Youth.pdf

Clift, S. (2012). Creative arts as a public health resource: Moving from practice-based research to evidence-based practice. Perspectives in Public Health, 132(3), 120-127.

Clift, S., Hancox, G., Morrison, I., Hess, B., Kreutz, G., & Stewart, D. (2010). Choral singing and psychological well-being: Quantitative and qualitative findings from English choirs in a cross-national survey. Journal of Applied Arts and Health, 1(1), 19-34.

Cowling, J. (Ed.). (2004). For Art’s Sake? Society and the Arts in the 21st Century. London: Institute for Public Policy Research.

Creech, A., Hallam, S., McQueen, H., & Varvarigou, M. (2013). The power of music in the lives of older adults. Research Studies in Music Education, 35(1), 87-102.

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 17: Music, Arts, Health and Society

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 92 -

Creech, A., Hallam, S., Varvarigou, M., McQueen, H., & Gaunt, H. (2013). Active music making: A route to enhanced subjective well-being among older people. Perspectives in Public health, 133(1), 36-43.

Curtis, S. L. (2012). Music therapy and social justice: A personal journey. The Arts in Psychotherapy, 39(3), 209-213.

Davidson, G. (2013). Community Music Therapy: A Pathway to a Sense of Belonging in a School Environment.

Davidson, J. W., McNamara, B., Rosenwax, L., Lange, A., Jenkins, S., & Lewin, G. (2013). Evaluating the potential of group singing to enhance the well‐being of older people. Australasian Journal on Ageing, Advance online publication.

Daykin, N. (2005). Disruption, dissonance and embodiment: Creativity, health and risk in music narratives. Health: An Interdisciplinary Journal for the Social Study of Health, Illness and Medicine, 9(1), 67-87.

Daykin, N. (2007). Context, Culture and Risk: Towards an Understanding of the Impact of Music in Health Care Settings. In J. Edwards (Ed.), Music: Promoting Health and Creating Community in Healthcare Contexts (pp. 83-104). Newcastle: Cambridge Scholars.

Daykin, N. (2012). Developing Social Models for Research and Practice in Music, Arts, and Health: A Case Study of Research in a Mental Health Setting. In R. MacDonald, G. Kreutz & L. Mitchell (Eds.), Music, Health, and Wellbeing (pp. 65-75). Oxford: Oxford University Press.

DeNora, T. (2013). Music Asylums: Wellbeing Through Music in Everyday Life. Surrey: Ashgate.

DeNora, T. (2013). ‘‘Time after time’’: A Quali-T method for assessing music's impact on well-being. International Journal of Qualitative Studies on Health and Well-being, 8, Retrieved from www.ijqhw.net/index.php/qhw/article/view/20611

Devlin, P. (2010). Restoring the balance: The effect of arts participation on wellbeing and health. Retrieved from www.voluntaryarts.org/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Restoring-the-Balance.pdf

Dingle, G. A., Brander, C., Ballantyne, J., & Baker, F. A. (2013). ‘To be heard’: The social and mental health benefits of choir singing for disadvantaged adults. Psychology of Music, 41(4), 405-421.

Dokter, D. (Ed.). (1995). Arts Therapies and Clients with Eating Disorders: Fragile Board. London: Jessica Kingsley.

Edwards, J. (Ed.). (2007). Music: Promoting Health and Creating Community in Healthcare Contexts. Newcastle: Cambridge Scholars.

Edwards, J. (2008). The use of music in healthcare contexts: A select review of writings from the 1890s to the 1940s. Voices: A World Forum for Music Therapy, Retrieved from https://normt.uib.no/index.php/voices/article/viewArticle/428/352

Estrella, K., & Forinash, M. (2007). Narrative inquiry and arts-based inquiry: Multinarrative perspectives. Journal of Humanistic Psychology, 47(3), 376-383.

Farbstein, R. (2013). Making art, making society: The social significance of small-scale innovations and experimentation in Palaeolithic portable art. World Art, 3(1), 23-39.

Faulkner, S., Wood, L., Ivery, P., & Donovan, R. (2012). It is not just music and rhythm... Evaluation of a drumming-based intervention to improve the social wellbeing of alienated youth. Children Australia, 37(01), 31-39.

Fenech, A. (2010). Inspiring transformations through participation in drama for individuals with neuropalliative conditions. Journal of Applied Arts and Health, 1(1), 63-80.

Frisch, M. J., Franko, D. L., & Herzog, D. B. (2006). Arts-based therapies in the treatment of eating disorders. Eating Disorders, 14(2), 131-142.

Haldane, D., & Loppert, S. (1999). The Arts in Health Care: Learning from Experience. London: King's Fund.

Hallam, S., Creech, A., Varvarigou, M., & McQueen, H. (2012). Perceived benefits of active engagement with making music in community settings. International Journal of Community Music, 5(2), 155-174.

Harrison, K. (2013). Music, health, and soci-economic status: A perspective on urban poverty in Canada. Yearbook for Traditional Music, 45, 58-73.

Hartley, N. (2008). The arts in health and social care - is music therapy fit for purpose? British Journal of Music Therapy, 22(2), 88-96.

Hecker, P. (2012). Turkish Metal: Music, Meaning, and Morality in a Muslim Society: Ashgate Publishing, Ltd.

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 17: Music, Arts, Health and Society

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 93 -

Helsing, M. (2012). Everyday music listening: The importance of individual and situational factors for musical emotions and stress reduction. PhD Thesis, University of Gothenburg. Retrieved from https://gupea.ub.gu.se/handle/2077/28257

Hospice Information. (2007). Guidelines for Arts Therapies and the Arts in Palliative Care Settings (2nd Edition). London: Hospice Information.

Ivaldi, A., & O’Neill, S. (2008). Adolescents’ musical role models: Whom do they admire and why? Psychology of Music, 36(4), 395-415.

Keating, C. (2002). Evaluating community arts and community well being: An evaluation guide for community arts practitioners. Retrieved from www.effectivechange.com.au

Kigunda, M. (2007). Music and Health in Kenya: Sound, Spirituality, and Altered Consciousness Juxtaposed with Emotions. Saarbrucken: VDM Verlag.

Killick, J., & Allan, K. (1999). The arts in dementia care: Tapping a rich resource. Journal of Dementia Care, 7(4), 35-38.

Kim, S.-A. (2013). Re-discovering voice: Korean immigrant women in group music therapy. The Arts in Psychotherapy, 40(4), 428-435.

Kreutz, G., Murcia, C. Q., & Bongard, S. (2012). Psychoneuroendocrine Research on Music and Health: An Overview. In R. MacDonald, G. Kreutz & L. Mitchell (Eds.), Music, Health, and Wellbeing (pp. 457-476). Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Landy, R. J. (2010). Drama as a means of preventing post-traumatic stress following trauma within a community. Journal of Applied Arts and Health, 1(1), 7-18.

Langston, T., & Barrett, M. (2008). Capitalizing on community music: A case study of the manifestation of social capital in a community choir. Research Studies in Music Education, 30(2), 118-138.

Lipe, A. W., Ward, K. C., Watson, A. T., Manley, K., Keen, R., Kelly, J., et al. (2012). The effects of an arts intervention program in a community mental health setting: A collaborative approach. The Arts in Psychotherapy, 39(1), 25-30.

London Arts and Health Forum. (2007). London Hospitals: The use of the arts in acute trusts. Report commissioned by Arts Council England. Retrieved from www.publicartonline.org.uk/downloads/reports/londonsacutetrusts.doc

Lord, V., Cave, P., Hume, V., Flude, E., Evans, A., Kelly, J., et al. (2010). Singing teaching as a therapy for chronic respiratory disease: A randomised controlled trial and qualitative evaluation. BMC Pulmonary Medicine, 10. Retrieved from www.biomedcentral.com/1471-2466/10/41

Low, K. (2010). Creating a space for the individual: Different theatre and performance-based approaches to sexual health communication in South Africa. Journal of Applied Arts and Health, 1(1), 111-126.

Lowis, M. J. (2010). Emotional responses to music listening: A review of some previous research and an original, five-phase study. Journal of Applied Arts and Health, 1(1), 81-92.

MacDonald, R., Kreutz, G., & Mitchell, L. (Eds.). (2012). Music, Health, and Wellbeing. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

McKay, G., & Higham, B. (2012). Community music: History and current practice, its constructions of community, digital turns and future soundings, an Arts and Humanities Research Council research review. International Journal of Community Music, 5(1), 91-103.

Michalos, A. C. (2005). Arts and the quality of life: an exploratory study. Social Indicators Research, 71(1-3), 11-59.

Moss, H. (2008). Reflections on music therapy and arts in health. British Journal of Music Therapy, 22(2), 83-87.

Moss, H., Donnellan, C., & O'Neill, D. (2012). A review of qualitative methodologies used to explore patient perceptions of arts and healthcare. Medical Humanities, 38(2), 106-109.

Moss, H., Nolan, E., & O’Neill, D. (2007). A cure for the soul? The benefit of live music in the general hospital. Irish Medical Journal, 100(10), 634-636.

Moss, H., & O’Neill, D. (2009). What training do artists need to work in healthcare settings? Medical Humanities, 35(2), 101-105.

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 17: Music, Arts, Health and Society

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 94 -

Murray, M., Lamont, A., MacDonald, R., Kreutz, G., & Mitchell, L. (2012). Community music and social/health psychology: Linking theoretical and practical concerns. Music, Health, and Wellbeing, 76.

Perkins, R., & Williamon, A. (2013). Learning to make music in older adulthood: A mixed-methods exploration of impacts on wellbeing. Psychology of Music, Advance online publication.

Procter, S. (2011). Reparative musicing: Thinking on the usefulness of social capital theory within music therapy. Nordic Journal of Music Therapy, 20(3), 242-262.

Procter, S. (2012). What are we playing at? Social capital and music therapy. Assessing social capital: Concept, policy and practice, 1(1), 146-162.

Rentfrow, P. J. (2012). The role of music in everyday life: Current directions in the social psychology of music. Social and Personality Psychology Compass, 6(5), 402-416.

Ruud, E. (2012). The New Health Musicians. In R. MacDonald, G. Kreutz & L. Mitchell (Eds.), Music, Health, and Wellbeing (pp. 87-96). Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Särkämö, T., Laitinen, S., Tervaniemi, M., Numminen, A., Kurki, M., & Rantanen, P. (2012). Music, Emotion, and Dementia Insight From Neuroscientific and Clinical Research. Music and Medicine, 4(3), 153-162.

Schäfer, T., Smukalla, M., & Oelker, S.-A. (2013). How music changes our lives: A qualitative study of the long-term effects of intense musical experiences. Psychology of music(Advance online publication).

Schoeb, V., & Zosso, A. (2012). "You cannot perform music without taking care of your body": A qualitative study on musicians' representation of body and health. Medical Problems of Performing Artists, 27(3), 129.

Scott, E. (2006). Integrating the creative arts into trauma and addiction treatment. Journal of Chemical Dependency Treatment, 8(2), 207-226.

Skånland, M. (2011). Use of mp3-players as a coping resource. Music & Arts in Action, 3(2), 15-33. Retrieved from www.musicandartsinaction.net/index.php/maia/article/view/mp3copingresource

Skingley, A., Clift, S. M., Coulton, S. P., & Rodriguez, J. (2011). The effectiveness and cost-effectiveness of a participative community singing programme as a health promotion initiative for older people: Protocol for a randomised controlled trial. BMC Public Health, 11, 142.

Smith, T. (2001). Interim evaluation report - common knowledge: The Tyne and Wear Health Action Zone’s Arts and Health Project. Centre for Arts and Humanities in Health and Medicine, University of Durham.

Smith, T. (2003). An evaluation of sorts: Learning from Common Knowledge. An essay based on a research project to evaluate Common Knowledge – a three-year Tyne & Wear Health Action Zone initiative to improve health through more creative working between arts and health sectors. Centre for Arts and Humanities in Health and Medicine, University of Durham.

Staricoff, R., & Clift, S. (2011). Arts and Music in Healthcare: An overview of the medical literature: 2004-2011. London: Chelsea and Westminster Health Charity.

Staricoff, R. L. (2004). Can the Arts have a Positive Effect on Health?: A Review of the Medical Literature. London: Arts Council England.

Staricoff, R. L., Duncan, J., & Wright, M. (2003). A Study of the Effects of Visual and Performing Arts in Healthcare. London: Chelsea and Westminster Hospital Arts.

Stensæth, K. (2013). “Musical co-creation”? Exploring health-promoting potentials on the use of musical and interactive tangibles for families with children with disabilities. International Journal of Qualitative Studies on Health and Well-being, 8, Retrieved from www.ijqhw.net/index.php/qhw/article/view/20704/29536

Stige, B., & Aarø, L. E. (2012). Invitation to Community Music Therapy. New York: Routledge.

Stige, B., Ansdell, G., Elefant, C., & Pavlicevic, M. (2010). Where Music Helps: Community Music Therapy in Action and Reflection. Aldershot: Ashgate.

Thoma, M., Scholz, U., Ehlert, U., & Nater, U. (2012). Listening to music and physiological and psychological functioning: The mediating role of emotion regulation and stress reactivity. Psychology & health, 27(2), 227-241.

Travis, R., Jr. (2013). Rap music and the empowerment of today’s youth: Evidence in everyday music listening, music therapy, and commercial rap music. Child and Adolescent Social Work Journal, 30(2), 139-167.

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 17: Music, Arts, Health and Society

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 95 -

Trythall, S. J. S. (2006). Live music in hospitals: A new 'alternative' therapy. Journal of the Royal Society for the Promotion of Health, 126(3), 113.

Tsiris, G., Tasker, M., Lawson, V., Prince, G., Dives, T., Sands, M., et al. (2011). Music and arts in health promotion and death education: The St Christopher’s Schools Project. Music & Arts in Action, 3(2), 95-119. Retrieved from www.musicandartsinaction.net/index.php/maia/article/view/stchristophersschoolsproject

University of Durham. (2004). Evaluation Report: ‘The World Their World’. Cleveland Unit James Cook Hospital, Middlesbrough. Dance and Digital Arts Project. University of Durham: Centre for Arts and Humanities in Health and Medicine.

University of Durham. (2004). ‘Seeing the Wood for the Trees’ - An Arts in Health Action Plan for the East Midlands. University of Durham: Centre for Arts and Humanities in Health and Medicine.

Vaillancourt, G. (2012). Music therapy: A community approach to social justice. The Arts in Psychotherapy, 39(3), 173-178.

Västfjäll, D., Juslin, P. N., & Hartig, T. (2012). Music, subjective well-being, and health: The role of everyday emotions. Music, health, and well-being, 405-424.

Vella-Burrows, T. (2009). Music as a therapeutic medium for engagement: Training to support the well-being of caregivers as well as their cared-for patients. Working with Older People, 13(3), 25-28.

Violets, M. (2000). We'll Survive: An Experiential View of Dance Movement Therapy for People with Dementia In D. Aldridge (Ed.), Music Therapy in Dementia Care (pp. 212-228). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Wetherick, D. (2009). A response to Nigel Hartley's article "The arts in health and social care - is music therapy fit for purpose?". British Journal of Music Therapy, 23(1), 44-45.

White, M. (2004). Turning Japanese: Arts and Social Inclusion in Japan. Centre for Arts and Humanities in Health and Medicine, University of Durham. Retrieved from www.dur.ac.uk/cahhm.info

White, M. (2005). Genning Up: A Research Paper for Blue Drum on Community-based Arts in Health. Centre for Arts and Humanities in Health and Medicine, University of Durham.

White, M. (2005). In a different kitchen: Community-based arts in health. Centre for Arts and Humanities in Health and Medicine, University of Durham. Retrieved from www.dur.ac.uk/cahhm.info

White, M. (2005). Well being or well meaning? Centre for Arts and Humanities in Health and Medicine, University of Durham. Retrieved from www.dur.ac.uk/cahhm.info

White, M. (2006). Culture Vultures. University of Durham: Centre for Arts and Humanities in Health and Medicine. Retrieved from www.dur.ac.uk/cahhm.info

White, M. (2009). Arts Development in Community Health - A Social Tonic. Oxford: Radcliffe.

White, M., & Robson, M. (2003). From ice to fire: Arts in health for social inclusion. Centre for Arts and Humanities in Health and Medicine, University of Durham. Retrieved from www.dur.ac.uk/cahhm.info

White, M., Robson, M., Grist, L., McBride, T., Whalley, S., & Braisby, D. (2006). ‘What might the health trainer role look like I practice?’ – A report for Department of Health (Health Inequalities Unit) and Arts Council England on four regional events in autumn 2005 to explore this question. Centre for Arts and Humanities in Health and Medicine, University of Durham and Chrysalis Consulting, London.

Willis, J. (2002). Improving the Patient Experience: The Art of Good Health – A Practical Handbook. London: NHS Estates.

Zosso, A., & Schoeb, V. (2012). Musicians' social representations of health and illness: A qualitative case study about focal dystonia. Work: A Journal of Prevention, Assessment and Rehabilitation, 41(1), 53-59.

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 17: Music, Arts, Health and Society

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 96 -

Other useful resources

Journals

ArtsPraxis

Arts & Health: An International Journal for Research Policy and Practice

Arts in Psychotherapy

Ethnomusicology

International Journal of Arts Medicine

Journal of Applied Arts and Health

Music & Arts in Action

Music and Medicine

Websites

Applied Arts and Health: A Network for Practitioners and Researchers, http://appliedartsandhealth.ning.com

Arts and Health Australia, www.artsandhealth.org

Arts & Health South West, www.ahsw.org.uk

Arts Council England, www.artscouncil.org.uk

Arts for Health, www.artsforhealth.org

British Association for Music Therapy: Arts in Health Network (membership/password required), www.bamt.org/british-association-for-music-therapy-members/british-association-for-music-therapy-networks/arts-in-health.html

Culture and Wellbeing: Using the Arts to Improve the Nation’s Health, www.cultureandwellbeing.org.uk

Exeter Sociology of the Arts, http://socarts.net

Health Arts Society, www.healtharts.org

Healthy, Social, Creative, www.healthysocialcreative.org.uk

Music for Health Research Centre (MHRC), www.anglia.ac.uk/ruskin/en/home/microsites/music_for_health_research_centre.html

Norwegian Forum for Global Health Research, www.globalhealth.no

Voluntary Arts, www.voluntaryarts.org

Relevant UK Policy Documents

Supporting Vibrant and Sustainable Arts and Culture (Department for Culture, Media and Sport, July 2013) www.culture.gov.uk/what_we_do/communities_and_local_government/6015.aspx

Supporting the Library Services Provided by Local Authorities and Making Sure there is a National Collection of Published Material (Department for Culture, Media, and Sport, April, 2013) www.gov.uk/government/policies/supporting-the-library-services-provided-by-local-authorities

Maintaining World-Leading National Museums and Galleries, and Supporting the Museum Sector (Department for Culture, Media, and Sport, February 2013) www.gov.uk/government/policies/maintaining-world-leading-national-museums-and-galleries-and-supporting-the-museum-sector

Protecting, Conserving and Providing Access to the Historic Environment in England (Department for Culture, Media, and Sport, February 2013) www.gov.uk/government/policies/protecting-conserving-and-providing-access-to-the-historic-environment-in-england

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank

(3rd Edition, February 2014)

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 97 -

Account No. 18 Research Ethics

The Evidence Bank is developed by the Nordoff Robbins Research Department and provides a wealth of

Music Therapy and Music & Health references to research papers, journals, websites and policy

documents. Proposals for new entries can be emailed to: [email protected]

Selected bibliography (1990-2014) Adams, T., & Gardiner, P. (2005). Communication and interaction within dementia care triads: Developing a

theory for relationship-centred care. Dementia, 4, 185-205.

Alderson, P., & Morrow, V. (2011). The Ethics of Research with Children and Young People: A Practical Handbook. London: Sage.

Aselage, M., Conner, B., & T, C. (2009). Ethical issues in conducting research with persons with dementia. Southern Online Journal of Nursing Research, 9(4), Retrieved from www.snrs.org

Atkinson, P. (2009). Ethics and ethnography. 21st Century Society, 4(1), 17-30.

Bacon, J., & Olsen, K. (2003). Doing the Right Thing. London: Department for Work and Pensions.

Campbell, A., & Groundwater-Smith, S. (2007). An Ethical Approach to Practitioner Research: Dealing with Issues and Dilemmas in Action Research. London: Routledge.

Christensen, P., & Prout, A. (2002). Working with ethical symmetry in social research with children. Childhood, 9(4), 477-497.

Christie, D., Hay, S., Kirkpatrick, B., MacDonald, J., MacDougall, A., Menter, I., et al. (2007). Starting Points for Research in Schools. Scotland: Scottish Educational Research Association.

Daniels, D., & Jenkins, P. (2011). Therapy with Children: Children's Rights, Confidentiality and the Law (2nd Edition). London: Sage.

Daykin, N. (2012). Developing Social Models for Research and Practice in Music, Arts, and Health: A Case Study of Research in a Mental Health Setting. In R. MacDonald, G. Kreutz & L. Mitchell (Eds.), Music, Health, and Wellbeing (pp. 65-75). Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Debbie, D., & Jenkins, P. (2010). Therapy with Children: Children's Rights, Confidentiality and the Law (2nd Edition). London: Sage.

Dench, S., Iphofen, R., & Ursula, H. (2004). An EU Code for Socio-Economic Research. Brighton: Institute for Employment Studies. Retrieved from www.respectproject.org/ethics/412ethics.pdf

Department, of, & Health. (2005). Research Governance Framework for Health and Social Care. Retrieved from www.oncoreuk.org/downloads/DOH.pdf

Dileo, C. (2000). Ethical Thinking in Music Therapy. Cherry Hill, NJ: Jeffrey Books.

Dileo, C. (2005). Ethical Precautions in Music Therapy Research. In B. Wheeler (Ed.), Music Therapy Research (2nd Edition) (pp. 226-235). Gilsum, NH: Barcelona.

Farrant, C., Pavlicevic, M., & Tsiris, G. (2014). A Guide to Research Ethics for Arts Therapists and Arts & Health Practitioners. London: Jessica Kingsley.

Frankham, J. (2009). Partnership Research: A Review of Approaches and Challenges in Conducting Research in Partnership with Service Users. Southampton: ESRC National Centre for Research Methods. Retrieved from http://eprints.ncrm.ac.uk/778/1/Frankham_May_09.pdf

Greig, A., Taylor, J., & MacKay, T. (2007). Doing Research with Children (2nd Edition). London: Sage.

Hall, I., & Hall, D. (2004). Evaluation and Social Research: Introducing Small Scale Practice. New York: Palgrave Macmillan.

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 18: Research Ethics

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 98 -

Haslbeck, F. B. (2012). Research strategies to achieve a deeper understanding of active music therapy in neonatal care. Music and Medicine, 4(4), 205-214.

Kellett, M. (2005). Children as Active Researchers: A New Research Paradigm for the 21st Century? Southampton: ESRC National Centre for Research Methods. Retrieved from http://eprints.ncrm.ac.uk/87/1/MethodsReviewPaperNCRM-003.pdf

Knight, A., Clark, A., Petrie, P., & Statham, J. (2006). The Views of Children and Young People with Learning Disabilities about the Support they Receive from Social Services: A Review of Consultations and Methods - Report of a review prepared for the DfES. London: Thomas Coram Research Unit Institute of Education, University of London.

Leeson, C. (2007). Going Round in Circles: Key Issues in the Development of an Effective Ethical Protocol for Research Involving Young Children. In A. Campbell & S. Groundwater-Smith (Eds.), An Ethical Approach to Practitioner Research (pp. 129-143). London: Routledge.

Lewis, A., & Porter, J. (2004). Interviewing children and young people with learning disabilities: Guidelines for researchers and multi-professional practice. British Journal of Learning Disabilities, 32(4), 191-197.

Murray, C., & Hallett, C. (2000). Young people's participation in decisions affecting their welfare. Childhood, 7, 11-25.

Nicholl, J. (2000). The ethics of research ethics committees. British Medical Journal, 320, 1217.

Nind, M. (2008). Conducting Qualitative Research with People with Learning, Communication and Other Disabilities: Methodological Challenges. Southampton: National Centre for Research Methods. Retrieved from http://eprints.ncrm.ac.uk/491/1/MethodsReviewPaperNCRM-012.pdf

Punch, S. (2002). Research with children: The same or different from research with adults? Childhood, 9, 321-341.

Regelski, T. A. (2012). Musicianism and the ethics of school music. Action, Criticism, and Theory for Music Education, 11(1), 7-42.

Rickson, D., Miller, E., Kim, S. J., & Bonde, L. O. (2013). Ethical practice in music therapy. World Federation of Music Therapy, Retrieved from www.wfmt.info/WFMT/Research_and_Ethics_files/Ethics%20-%20Informed%20Consent%20%26%20Journals%20-%20REVISED%204-214-213.pdf

Schenk, K., & Williamson, J. (2005). Ethical Approaches to Gathering Information from Children and Adolescents in International Settings: Guidelines and Resources. Washington, DC: Population Council. Retrieved from www.popcouncil.org/pdfs/horizons/childrenethics.pdf

Scottish Educational Research Association. (2005). SERA ethical guidelines for educational research. Retrieved from www.sera.ac.uk/documents/Publications/SERA%20Ethical%20GuidelinesWeb.PDF

Sherratt, C., Soteriou, T., & Evans, S. (2007). Ethical issues in social research involving people with dementia. Dementia, 6(4), 463-479.

Shukla, R. K., & Chakraborty, S. (2012). On an ethical use of neural networks: A case study on a North Indian raga. Annals Computer Science Series, 7(2), Retrieved from http://arxiv.org/ftp/arxiv/papers/1202/1202.5953.pdf

Social Research Association. (2005). Data Protection Act 1998: Guidelines for Social Research. London: Social Research Association.

Sorrell, J., & Cangelosi, P. (2009). Respecting vulnerability: Informed consent in persons with Alzheimer’s disease. Southern Online Journal of Nursing Research, 9(4), Retrieved from www.snrs.org

Stalker, K. (1998). Some ethical and methodological issues in research with people with leaning difficulties. Disability and Society, 13(1), 5-19.

The British Academy. (2006). Copyright and Research in the Humanities and Social Sciences: A British Academy Review. London: The British Academy.

Tinker, A., & Coomber, V. (2004). University Research Ethics Committees: Their Role, Remit and Conduct. London: Kings College London.

van der Hoonaard, D. (2005). "Am I doing it right?": Older widows as interview participants in qualitative research. Journal of Aging Studies, 19, 393-406.

Walsh, S. (2009). Conducting research with the elderly: Ethical concerns for a vulnerable population Southern Online Journal of Nursing Research, 9(4), Retrieved from www.resourcenter.net/images/snrs/files/sojnr_articles2/Vol09Num04Art03.html

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 18: Research Ethics

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 99 -

Wanyama, M. N. (2012). Researching on Kenyan traditional music and dance today: Methodology and ethical issues revisited. Muziki, 9(2), 1-8.

Whitlatch, C., Piiparinen, R., & Feinberg, L. (2009). How well do family caregivers know their relatives' care values and preferences? Dementia, 8(2), 223-243.

Wiles, R., Charles, V., Crow, G., & Heath, S. (2006). Researching researchers: Lessons for research ethics. Qualitative Research 6(3), 283-299.

Wiles, R., Heath, S., Crow, G., & Charles, V. (2005). Informed Consent in Social Research: A Literature Review. Southampton: ESRC National Centre for Research Methods. Retrieved from http://eprints.ncrm.ac.uk/85/1/MethodsReviewPaperNCRM-001.pdf

Williamson, E., Goodenough, T., Kent, J., & Ashcroft, R. (2005). Conducting research with children: The limits of confidentiality and child protection protocols. Children and Society, 19, 337-409.

Young, T., & Manthorp, C. (2009). Towards a code of practice for effective communication with people with dementing illnesses. Journal of Language and Social Psychology, 28, 174-189.

Other useful resources

Journals

BMC Medical Ethics

Ethics

International Journal of Internet Research Ethics

Journal of Academic and Business Ethics

Journal of Clinical Ethics

Journal of Empirical Research on Human Research Ethics (JERHRE)

Journal of Ethics

Journal of Medical Ethics

Nursing Ethics: An International Journal for Health Care Professionals

Online Journal of Health Ethics

Open Ethics Journal

Research Ethics Review (The official journal of The Association of Research Ethics Committees

Websites

Association of Research Ethics Committees, www.arec.org.uk

British Association for Music Therapy: Research Network (membership/password required), www.bamt.org/british-association-for-music-therapy-members/british-association-for-music-therapy-networks/research-network.html

British Educational Research Association, www.bera.ac.uk

Centre for Applied Research in Education (University of East Anglia), www.uea.ac.uk/edu/research/care

Central Office for Research Ethics Committees (COREC), www.corec.org.uk

Consortium of Institutions for Development and Research in Education in Europe, www.cidree.org

Department for Education, www.education.gov.uk/research

Ethics Research Information Catalogue (ERIC), www.eric-on-line.co.uk

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 18: Research Ethics

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 100 -

National Children’s Bureau (NCB) Research Centre, www.ncb.org.uk/what-we-do/research

National Research Ethics Service (NHS), www.nres.nhs.uk/

The Research Informed Practice Site (TRIPS), www.standards.dfes.gov.uk/research

Scottish Educational Research Association, www.sera.ac.uk

Social Care Research Ethics Committee (Social Care Institute for Excellence), www.screc.org.uk

Social Research Association, www.the-sra.org.uk

Social Science Research Ethics, www.lancs.ac.uk/researchethics

World Federation of Music Therapy (Research and Ethics), www.wfmt.info/WFMT/FAQ_Research.html

Relevant UK Policy Documents

Governance Arrangements for Research Ethics Committees: A Harmonised Edition (Department of Health, April 2012) www.gov.uk/government/publications/health-research-ethics-committees-governance-arrangements

DFID Ethics Principles for Research and Evaluation (Department for International Development, July 2011) www.gov.uk/government/publications/dfid-ethics-principles-for-research-and-evaluation

Guidance on Nominating a Consultee for Research Involving Adults who Lack Capacity to Consent (Department of Health, February 2008) http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/20130107105354/http://www.dh.gov.uk/prod_consum_dh/groups/dh_digitalassets/@dh/@en/documents/digitalasset/dh_083133.pdf

Report from the Planning Group on Ethics Review in Social Care Research (Department of Health, December 2007) http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/20130107105354/http://www.dh.gov.uk/prod_consum_dh/groups/dh_digitalassets/@dh/@en/documents/digitalasset/dh_081433.pdf

Research Governance Framework for Health and Social Care: Second Edition (Department of Health, August 2005) www.gov.uk/government/publications/research-governance-framework-for-health-and-social-care-second-edition

Mental Capacity Act 2005 (Department of Health) www.gov.uk/government/collections/dh-mental-capacity-act-2005-deprivation-of-liberty-safeguards

Data Protection Act 1998: Guidelines for Social Research www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1998/29/contents

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank

(3rd Edition, February 2014)

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 101 -

Account No. 19 Research Methods and Research

Methodologies

The Evidence Bank is developed by the Nordoff Robbins Research Department and provides a wealth of

Music Therapy and Music & Health references to research papers, journals, websites and policy

documents. Proposals for new entries can be emailed to: [email protected]

Selected bibliography (1990-2014) Adams, M. (1987). Measurement problems in applied music therapy research. Journal of British Music

Therapy, 1(2), 6-10.

Aigen, K. (1993). The music therapist as qualitative researcher. Music Therapy, 12(1), 16-39.

Aigen, K. (2000). The Relationship between the Researcher and the Researched: Three Examples from Creative Music Therapy. In J. Robarts (Ed.), Music Therapy Research: Growing Perspectives in Theory and Practice (Vol. 1) (pp. 19-33). Hertfordshire: BSMT Publications.

Aigen, K. (2008). An analysis of qualitative music therapy research reports 1987–2006: Articles and book chapters. The Arts in Psychotherapy, 35(4), 251-261.

Aigen, K. (2012). Publishing qualitative research in the Nordic Journal of Music Therapy: Guidelines for authors, reviewers, and editors for evaluating manuscripts. Nordic Journal of Music Therapy, 21(2), 109-110.

Aldridge, D. (1994). An overview of music therapy research. Complementary Therapies in Medicine, 2(4), 204-216.

Aldridge, D. (2002). Music therapy research: A review of references in the medical literature. Retrieved from http://mustherapy.narod.ru/mtreview.pdf

Aldridge, D. (Ed.). (2005). Case Study Designs in Music Therapy. London: Jessica Kingsley.

Aldridge, D., & Aldridge, G. (2003). Therapeutic narrative analysis: a methodological proposal for the interpretation of music therapy traces. Music Therapy Today, 1-21.

Amir, D. (1993). Research in music therapy: Quantitative or qualitative? Nordic Journal of Music Therapy, 2(2), 3-10.

Ansdell, G., & Pavlicevic, M. (2001). Beginning Research in the Arts Therapies: A Practical Guide. London: Jessica Kingsley.

Ansdell, G., & Pavlicevic, M. (2010). Practicing "gentle empiricism" - the Nordoff Robbins research heritage. Music Therapy Perspectives, 28(2), 131-139.

Bergstrøm-Nielsen, C. (2009). Graphic notation in music therapy: A discussion of what to notate in graphic notation and how. Approaches: Music Therapy & Special Music Education, 1(2), 72-92. Retrieved from http://approaches.primarymusic.gr/approaches/content/view/20/38/lang,en/

Boer, D., & Fischer, R. (2012). Towards a holistic model of functions of music listening across cultures: A culturally decentred qualitative approach. Psychology of Music, 40(2), 179-200.

Bonde, L. O. (2005). Approaches to Researching Music. In B. Wheeler (Ed.), Music Therapy Research (2nd Edition) (pp. 489-525). Gilsum, NH: Barcelona.

Bradt, J. (2012). Randomized controlled trials in music therapy: Guidelines for design and implementation. Journal of Music Therapy, 49(2), 120-149.

Brittin, R. V., & Standley, J. M. (1997). Researchers in music education/therapy: Analysis of publications, citations, and retrievability of work. Journal of Research in Music Education, 45(1), 145-161.

Brooks, D. (2003). A history of music therapy journal articles published in the English language. Journal of Music Therapy, 40, 151-168.

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 19: Research Methods and Methodologies

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 102 -

Bruscia, K. (2001). A qualitative approach to analyzing client improvisations. Music Therapy Perspectives, 19(1), 7-21.

Bruscia, K. (2005). Research Topics and Questions in Music Therapy. In B. Wheeler (Ed.), Music Therapy Research (2nd Edition) (pp. 81-93). Gilsum, NH: Barcelona.

Bruscia, K. E. (1998). Standards of integrity for qualitative music therapy research. Journal of Music Therapy, 35(3), 176-200.

Clift, S. (2012). Creative arts as a public health resource: Moving from practice-based research to evidence-based practice. Perspectives in Public Health, 132(3), 120-127.

Crowe, B. J., & Rio, R. (2004). Implications of technology in music therapy practice and research for music therapy education: A review of literature. Journal of Music Therapy, 41(4), 282-320.

Daykin, N. (2012). Developing social models for research and practice in music, arts, and health: A case study of research in a mental health setting. Music, Health, and Wellbeing, 65.

Edwards, J. (1999). Considering the paradigmatic frame: Social science research approaches relevant to research in music therapy. The Arts in Psychotherapy, 26(2), 73-80.

Edwards, J. (2005). Developments and Issues in Music Therapy Research. In B. Wheeler (Ed.), Music Therapy Research (2nd Edition) (pp. 20-32). Gilsum, NH: Barcelona.

Ellis, R. J., Koenig, J., & Thayer, J. F. (2012). Getting to the heart autonomic nervous system function in the context of evidence-based music therapy. Music and Medicine, 4(2), 90-99.

Fraser, K. D., & al Sayah, F. (2011). Arts-based methods in health research: A systematic review of the literature. Arts & Health: An International Journal for Research, Policy and Practice, 3(2), 110-145.

Gilboa, A. (2012). Developments in the MAP: A method for describing and analyzing music therapy sessions. Nordic Journal of Music Therapy, 21(1), 57-79.

Gilroy, A. (2006). Art Therapy, Research and Evidence-Based Practice. London: Sage.

Gold, C. (2004). The use of effect sizes in music therapy research. Music Therapy Perspectives, 22, 91-95.

Gregory, D. (2000). Test instruments used by Journal of Music Therapy authors from 1984-1997. Journal of Music Therapy, 37(2), 79-94.

Gregory, D. (2002). Four decades of music therapy behavioral research designs: A content analysis of Journal of music therapy articles. Journal of Music Therapy, 39(1), 56-71.

Greig, A., Taylor, J., & MacKay, T. (2007). Doing Research with Children (2nd Edition). London: Sage.

Grocke, D. (2010). An overview of research in the Bonny Method of Guided Imagery and Music. Voices: A World Forum for Music Therapy, 10(3), Retrieved from https://normt.uib.no/index.php/voices/article/view/340/429

Hanser, S. (2005). Applied Behaviour Analysis. In B. Wheeler (Ed.), Music Therapy Research (2nd Edition) (pp. 306-317). Gilsum, NH: Barcelona.

Haslbeck, F. B. (2012). Research strategies to achieve a deeper understanding of active music therapy in neonatal care. Music and Medicine, 4(4), 205-214.

Hoskyns, S. (2011). Collaborative conversations in focus group research: Music therapists reflect on combining research and practice. New Zealand Journal of Music Therapy, 9, 32-60.

Jellison, J. (2000). A Content Analysis of Music Therapy Research with Disabled Children and Youth (1975-1999): Applications in Special Education. In AMTA (Ed.), Effectiveness of Music Therapy Procedures: Documentation of Research and Clinical Practice (3rd Edition) (pp. 199-264). Silver Spring, MD: AMTA.

Jones, J. D. (2006). The use of control groups in music therapy research: a content analysis of articles in the Journal of Music Therapy. Journal of Music Therapy, 43(4), 334-355.

Kenny, C. B. (1998). Embracing complexity: The creation of a comprehensive research culture in music therapy. Journal of Music Therapy, 35(3), 201-217.

Ledger, A., & Edwards, J. (2011). Arts-based research practices in music therapy research: Existing and potential developments. The Arts in Psychotherapy, 38(5), 312-317.

Longhofer, J., Floersch, J., & Hoy, J. (2012). Qualitative Methods for Practice Research. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 19: Research Methods and Methodologies

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 103 -

Manders, E., & Chilton, G. (2013). Translating the essence of dance: Rendering meaning in artistic inquiry of the creative arts therapies. International Journal of Education & the Arts, 14(16), Retrieved from www.ijea.org/v14n16/

McFerran, K., & Grocke, D. (2007). Understanding Music Therapy Experiences Through Interviewing: A Phenomenological Microanalysis. In T. Wosch & T. Wigram (Eds.), Microanalysis in Music Therapy: Methods, Techniques and Applications for Clinicians, Researchers, Educators and Students (pp. 273-284). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Miller, C. (Ed.). (2013). Assessment and Outcomes in the Arts Therapies: A Person-Centred Approach. London: Jessica Kingsley.

Moss, H., Donnellan, C., & O'Neill, D. (2012). A review of qualitative methodologies used to explore patient perceptions of arts and healthcare. Medical Humanities, 38(2), 106-109.

Nickel, A. K., Hillecke, T., Argstatter, H., & Bolay, H. V. (2005). Outcome research in music therapy: a step on the long road to an evidence-based treatment. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 1060, 283-293.

Ockelford, A. (2013). Applied Musicology: Using Zygonic Theory to Inform Music Education, Therapy, and Psychology Research. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Phillips, K. (2008). Exploring Research in Music Education and Music Therapy. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Pothoulaki, M., MacDonald, R., & Flowers, P. (2006). Methodological issues in music interventions in oncology settings: A systematic literature review. The Arts in Psychotherapy, 33, 446-455.

Reason, P., & Bradbury, H. (Eds.). (2007). The SAGE Handbook of Action Research: Participative Inquiry and Practice (2nd Edition). London: Sage.

Richardson, A., & Giustini, D. (2004). The information needs of music therapists: Challenges of assessment in the clinical setting. JCHLA / JABSC, 25, 107-110.

Rubin, A., & Bellamy, J. (2012). Practitioner's Guide to Using Research for Evidence-Based Practice (2nd Edition). Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons.

Schenstead, A. R. (2012). The timelessness of arts-based research: Looking back upon a heuristic self-study and the arts-based reflexivity data analysis method. Voices: A World Forum for Music Therapy, 12(1), Retrieved from https://normt.uib.no/index.php/voices/article/view/589/514

Silverman, M. J. (2008). Quantitative comparison of cognitive behavioral therapy and music therapy research: A methodological best-practices analysis to guide future investigation for adult psychiatric patients. Journal of Music Therapy, 45(4), 457-506.

Skingley, A., Bungay, H., & Clift, S. (2012). Researching participatory arts, well-being and health: Some methodological issues. Journal of Arts & Communities, 3(1), 73-87.

Solomon, A. L. (2005). Historical Research in Music Therapy. In B. Wheeler (Ed.), Music Therapy Research (2nd Edition) (pp. 552-560). Gilsum, NH: Barcelona.

Standley, J. (2012). Music therapy research in the NICU: an updated meta-analysis. Neonatal Network: The Journal of Neonatal Nursing, 31(5), 311-316.

Standley, J. M. (1997). Researchers in music education/therapy: Analysis of publications, citations, and retrievability of work. Journal of Research in Music Education, 45(1), 145-161.

Stige, B. (2002). Do we need general criteria for the evaluation of qualitative research articles, and if we do, how could such criteria be formulated? Nordic Journal of Music Therapy, 11(1), 65-71.

Stige, B. (2005). Ethnography and Ethnographically Informed Research. In B. Wheeler (Ed.), Music Therapy Research (2nd Edition) (pp. 392-353). Gilsum, NH: Barcelona.

Stige, B., Malterud, K., & Midtgarden, T. (2009). Toward an agenda for evaluation of qualitative research. Qualitative Health Research, 19(10), 1504-1516.

Streeter, E., Davies, M. E., Reiss, J. D., Hunt, A., Caley, R., & Roberts, C. (2012). Computer aided music therapy evaluation: Testing the Music Therapy Logbook prototype 1 system. The Arts in Psychotherapy, 39(1), 1-10.

Tsiris, G., & Hartley, N. (2013). Research and Evaluation. In N. Hartley (Ed.), End of Life Care: A Guide for Therapists, Artists and Arts Therapists (pp. 227-254). London: Jessica Kingsley.

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 19: Research Methods and Methodologies

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 104 -

Tsiris, G., Pavlicevic, M., & Farrant, C. (2014). A Guide to Evaluation for Arts Therapists and Arts & Health Practitioners. London: Jessica Kingsley.

Vogiatzoglou, A., Ockelford, A., Welch, G., & Himonides, E. (2011). Sounds of intent: Interactive software to assess the musical development of children and young people with complex needs. Music and Medicine, 3(3), 189-195.

Wheeler, B. (2005). Overview of Music Therapy Research. In B. Wheeler (Ed.), Music Therapy Research (2nd Edition) (pp. 3-16). Gilsum, NH: Barcelona.

Whitehead-Pleaux, A., Donnenwerth, A., Robinson, B., Hardy, S., Oswanski, L., Forinash, M., et al. (2012). Lesbian, gay bisexual, transgender, and questioning: Best practices in music therapy. Music Therapy Perspectives, 30(2), 158-166.

Wigram, T. (1993). Music Therapy Research to Meet the Demands of Health and Education Services: Research and Literature Analysis. In M. Heal & T. Wigram (Eds.), Music Therapy in Health and Education (pp. 126-136). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Wigram, T. (2005). Survey Research. In B. Wheeler (Ed.), Music Therapy Research (2nd Edition) (pp. 272-281). Gilsum, NH: Barcelona.

Wigram, T., & Gold, C. (2012). The Religion of Evidence-Based Practice: Helpful or Harmful to Health and Wellbeing? In R. MacDonald, G. Kreutz & L. Mitchell (Eds.), Music, Health & Wellbeing (pp. 164-182). Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Windsor, L. (2004). Data Collection, Experimental Design, and Statistics in Musical Research. In E. Clarke & N. Cook (Eds.), Empirical Musicology (pp. 197-221). Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Wosch, T., & Wigram, T. (Eds.). (2007). Microanalysis in Music Therapy: Methods, Techniques and Applications for Clinicians, Researchers, Educators and Students. London: Jessica Kingsley.

Other useful resources

Journals

Approaches: Music Therapy & Special Music Education

The Arts in Psychotherapy

Australian Journal of Music Therapy

British Journal of Music Therapy

Journal of Music Therapy

Music Therapy Perspectives

Music & Medicine

New Zealand Journal of Music Therapy

Nordic Journal of Music Therapy

Psychology of Music

Voices: A World Forum for Music Therapy

Websites

Association of Research Ethics Committees, www.arec.org.uk

British Association for Music Therapy: Research Network (membership/password required), www.bamt.org/british-association-for-music-therapy-members/british-association-for-music-therapy-networks/research-network.html

British Educational Research Association, www.bera.ac.uk

Centre for Applied Research in Education (University of East Anglia), www.uea.ac.uk/edu/research/care

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 19: Research Methods and Methodologies

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 105 -

Consortium of Institutions for Development and Research in Education in Europe, www.cidree.org

Department for Education, www.education.gov.uk/research

Ethics Research Information Catalogue (ERIC), www.eric-on-line.co.uk

National Research Ethics Service (NHS), www.nres.nhs.uk

The Research Informed Practice Site (TRIPS), www.standards.dfes.gov.uk/research

Scottish Educational Research Association, www.sera.ac.uk

Social Research Association, www.the-sra.org.uk

Social Science Research Ethics, www.lancs.ac.uk/researchethics

World Federation of Music Therapy (Research and Ethics), http://musictherapyresearch.org/wfmt/

Relevant UK Policy Documents

Governance Arrangements for Research Ethics Committees: A Harmonised Edition (Department of Health, April 2012) www.gov.uk/government/publications/health-research-ethics-committees-governance-arrangements

DFID Ethics Principles for Research and Evaluation (Department for International Development, July 2011) www.gov.uk/government/publications/dfid-ethics-principles-for-research-and-evaluation

Guidance on Nominating a Consultee for Research Involving Adults who Lack Capacity to Consent (Department of Health, February 2008) http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/20130107105354/http://www.dh.gov.uk/prod_consum_dh/groups/dh_digitalassets/@dh/@en/documents/digitalasset/dh_083133.pdf

Report From the Planning Group on Ethics Review in Social Care Research (Department of Health, December 2007) http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/20130107105354/http://www.dh.gov.uk/prod_consum_dh/groups/dh_digitalassets/@dh/@en/documents/digitalasset/dh_081433.pdf

Research Governance Framework for Health and Social Care: Second Edition (Department of Health, August 2005) www.gov.uk/government/publications/research-governance-framework-for-health-and-social-care-second-edition

Mental Capacity Act 2005 (Department of Health) www.gov.uk/government/collections/dh-mental-capacity-act-2005-deprivation-of-liberty-safeguards

Data Protection Act 1998: Guidelines For Social Research www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1998/29/contents

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 19: Research Methods and Methodologies

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 106 -

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank

(3rd Edition, February 2014)

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 107 -

Account No. 20 Training and Supervision

The Evidence Bank is developed by the Nordoff Robbins Research Department and provides a wealth of

Music Therapy and Music & Health references to research papers, journals, websites and policy

documents. Proposals for new entries can be emailed to: [email protected]

Selected bibliography (1990-2014) Abbott, E. A. (2006). The administration of music therapy training clinics: A descriptive study. Journal of

Music Therapy, 43(1), 63-81.

Ahonen-Eerikainen, H. (2003). Using group–analytic supervision approach when supervising music therapists. Nordic Journal of Music Therapy, 12(2), 173-182.

Amir, D., & Bodner, E. (2013). Music therapy students' reflections on their participation in a music therapy group. Nordic Journal of Music Therapy, 22(3), 243-273.

Baker, F., & Krout, R. (2011). Collaborative peer lyric writing during music therapy training: A tool for facilitating students' reflections about clinical practicum experiences. Nordic Journal of Music Therapy, 20(1), 62-89.

Baker, F., & Krout, R. (2012). Turning experience into learning: Educational contributions of collaborative peer songwriting during music therapy training. International Journal of Music Education, 30(2), 133-147.

Baker, F., & Roth, E. (2004). Neuroplasticity and functional recovery: Training models and compensatory strategies in music therapy. Nordic Journal of Music Therapy, 13(1), 20-32.

Bibb, J. (2013). Professor Denise Grocke's contribution to the establishment of the music therapy profession in Australia: A historical research study. Australian Journal of Music Therapy, 24, 3-13.

Brooks, D. (2002). A holistic description of beginning trainee experiences in live observation GIM supervision. Nordic Journal of Music Therapy, 11(2), 142-151.

Bunt, L., Daykin, N., & Hodkinson, S. (2012). An evaluative survey of music therapy provision in children's hospices in the UK. Project report: University of the West of England. Retrieved from http://eprints.uwe.ac.uk/16813/

Daveson, B., & Kennelly, J. (2011). Reflections regarding Australian music therapy supervision: Guidance and recommendations for establishing internal and external supervisory arrangements aided by cross-national reflection. Australian Journal of Music Therapy, 22, 24-36.

Debbie Carroll, C., & Lefebvre, C. (2013). Clinical Improvisation Techniques in Music Therapy: A Guide for Students, Clinicians and Educators. Springfield, IL: Charles C Thomas.

Forinash, M. (Ed.). (2000). Music Therapy Supervision. Gilsum, NH: Barcelona.

Gao, T., O'Callaghan, C., Magill, L., Lin, S., Zhang, J., Zhang, J., et al. (2013). A music therapy educator and undergraduate students’ perceptions of their music project's relevance for Sichuan earthquake survivors. Nordic Journal of Music Therapy, 22(2), 107-130.

Gardstrom, S. C., & Jackson, N. A. (2011). Personal therapy for undergraduate music therapy students: A survey of AMTA program coordinators. Journal of Music Therapy, 48(2), 226-255.

Goodman, K. (2011). Music Therapy Education and Training: From Theory to Practice. Springfield, IL: Charles C Thomas.

Hoskyns, S. L. (2013). Enabling the curious practitioner: Perceptions on the integration of research and practice in the education of music therapy students at Masters' level. PhD thesis, New Zealand School of Music: Wellington, New Zealand.

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 20: Training and Supervision

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 108 -

Jackson, N. A. (2008). Professional music therapy supervision: A survey. Journal of Music Therapy, 45(2), 192-216.

Kim, D. M. (2010). Towards musical individuation: Korean female music therapists’ experiences in the Nordoff-Robbins Music Therapy certification training. The Arts in Psychotherapy, 37(5), 353-362.

Ledger, A., Edwards, J., & Morley, M. (2013). A change management perspective on the introduction of music therapy to interprofessional teams. Journal of Health Organization and Management, 27(6), 714-732.

McClain, F. J. (2001). Music Therapy Supervision: A Review of the Literature. In M. Forinash (Ed.), Music Therapy Supervision (pp. 9-18). Gilsum, NH: Barcelona.

Miller, E. (2012). Music therapy students’ experiences of interactions with young clients during fieldwork placements. Voices: A World Forum for Music Therapy, 12(2), Retrieved from https://normt.uib.no/index.php/voices/article/viewArticle/626/547

Odell-Miller, H. (2013). Inside and Outside the Walls: Music Therapy Supervision in a Forensic Setting. In S. C. Dickinson, H. Odell-Miller & J. Adlam (Eds.), Forensic Music Therapy (pp. 42-57). London: Jessica Kingsley.

Schapira, D. (2013). Supervision of a music therapy team in medicine. Journal of Urban Culture Research, 6(Special Issue), 36-41.

Summer, L. (2001). Group Supervision in First-Time Music Therapy Practicum. In M. Forinash (Ed.), Music Therapy Supervision (pp. 69-87). Gilsum, NH: Barcelona.

Toppozada, M. R. (1995). Multicultural training for music therapists: An examination of current issues based on a national survey of professional music therapists. Journal of Music Therapy, 32(2), 65-90.

Vaillancourt, G. (2011). Creating an apprenticeship music therapy model through arts-based research. Voices: A World Forum for Music Therapy, 11(1), Retrieved from https://normt.uib.no/index.php/voices/article/viewArticle/341

Vega, V. (2012). A survey of online courses in music therapy. Music Therapy Perspectives, 30(2), 176-182.

Wheeler, B. (2003). First international symposium on music therapy training: A retrospective examination. Nordic Journal of Music Therapy, 12(1), 54-66.

Wheeler, B., & Williams, C. (2011). Students' thoughts and feelings about music therapy practicum supervision. Nordic Journal of Music Therapy, 21(2), 111-132.

Wheeler, B., & Williams, C. (2012). Students' thoughts and feelings about music therapy practicum supervision. Nordic Journal of Music Therapy, 21(2), 111-132.

Other useful resources

Journals

Approaches: Music Therapy & Special Music Education

The Arts in Psychotherapy

Australian Journal of Music Therapy

British Journal of Music Therapy

Journal of Music Therapy

Music Therapy Perspectives

Music & Medicine

New Zealand Journal of Music Therapy

Nordic Journal of Music Therapy

Psychology of Music

Voices: A World Forum for Music Therapy

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 20: Training and Supervision

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 109 -

Websites

British Association for Music Therapy: Guide to professional practice, www.bamt.org/british-association-for-music-therapy-resources/guide-to-professional-practice.html

British Association for Music Therapy: Music therapy training, www.bamt.org/training-in-music-therapy.html

British Association for Music Therapy: Supervision and consultation register (membership/password required), www.bamt.org/british-association-for-music-therapy-members/supervision-and-consultation-register.html

Relevant UK Policy Documents

Improving the Quality of Teaching and Leadership (Department for Education, November 2013) www.gov.uk/government/policies/improving-the-quality-of-teaching-and-leadership

Standards of Education and Training (HPC, September 2009) www.hpc-uk.org/aboutregistration/standards/sets/index.asp

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 20: Training and Supervision

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 110 -

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank

(3rd Edition, February 2014)

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 111 -

Account No. 21 Relevant UK Policy Documents

The Evidence Bank is developed by the Nordoff Robbins Research Department and provides a wealth of

Music Therapy and Music & Health references to research papers, journals, websites and policy

documents. Proposals for new entries can be emailed to: [email protected]

Account No. 1 - Autistic Spectrum Disorders

‘Fulfilling and Rewarding Lives’: The Strategy for Adults with Autism in England (Department of Health, august 2011) www.dh.gov.uk/health/2011/08/autism-strategy/

‘Fulfilling and Rewarding Lives’: The Strategy for Adults with Autism in England (Department of Health, March 2010) http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/20130107105354/http://www.dh.gov.uk/prod_consum_dh/groups/dh_digitalassets/@dh/@en/@ps/documents/digitalasset/dh_113405.pdf

Services for Adults with Autistic Spectrum Conditions (ASC): Good Practice Advice for Primary Care Trust and Local Authority Commissioners (Department of Health, April 2009) http://www.nwtdt.com/Events/May09/DH%20guidelines%20commissoning%20Autism.pdf

‘A Better Future’: A Consultation on a Future Strategy for Adults with Autistic Spectrum Conditions (Department of Health, December 2009) http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/20130107105354/http://www.dh.gov.uk/prod_consum_dh/groups/dh_digitalassets/documents/digitalasset/dh_098604.pdf

ASD Good Practice Guidance (Department of Education, December 2006) http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/20130401151715/https://www.education.gov.uk/publications/eOrderingDownload/ES12-2010.pdf

Account No. 2 - Special Educational Needs and Learning Disabilities

Support and Aspiration: A New Approach to Special Educational Needs And Disability (Department of Health, June 2011) www.official-documents.gov.uk/document/cm80/8027/8027.pdf

Valuing People Now: The Delivery Plan 2010-2011 ‘Making It Happen For Everyone’ (Department of Health) http://base-uk.org/sites/base-uk.org/files/[user-raw]/11-06/valuing_people_now_delivery_plan_2010-11.pdf

Valuing People Now Summary Report: March 2009 - September 2010 (Department of Health, December 2010) www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/215891/dh_122387.pdf

Special Educational Needs (SEN): A Guide For Parents/Carers (Department of Education, 2009) http://media.education.gov.uk/assets/files/pdf/s/4163_a5_sen_guide_web4.pdf

Removing Barriers to Achievement: The Government’s Strategy for SEN (Department of Education, 2004) http://media.education.gov.uk/assets/files/pdf/r/removing%20barriers%20to%20achievement.pdf

Account No. 3 - Children and Education

Making Sure Children In Developing Countries Get A Good Education (Department of International Development, 2013) www.gov.uk/government/policies/making-sure-children-in-developing-countries-get-a-good-education

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 21: Relevant UK Policy Documents

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 112 -

Youth in Action (British Council: Learning, 2012) www.britishcouncil.org/youthinaction-about-youth-in-action.htm

Account No. 4 - Children and Families

Keep Warm Keep Well: Information for Over 60s, Low-Income Families and People Living With a Disability (Public Health England, November 2013) www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/254859/Keep_Warm_Keep_Well_2013_WEB_FINAL.pdf

The Family Nurse Partnership Programme (Department of Health, July 2012) www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/216864/The-Family-Nurse-Partnership-Programme-Information-leaflet.pdf

Keep Warm, Keep Well: A Guide for Families (Department of Health, September 2010) www.direct.gov.uk/prod_consum_dg/groups/dg_digitalassets/@dg/@en/documents/digitalasset/dg_180560.pdf

The Child and Family Policy Divide: Tensions, Convergence and Rights (National Family and Parenting Institute, 2005) www.jrf.org.uk/system/files/1859353312.pdf

Account No. 5 - Emotional and Behavioural Difficulties

Children and Young People in Mind: The Final Report of the National CAMHS Review (Department of Health, November 2008) www.lancashire.gov.uk/corporate/web/viewdoc.asp?id=101551

Account No. 6 - Trauma and Abuse

Working Together to Safeguard Children (Department of Health, August 2013) http://media.education.gov.uk/assets/files/pdf/w/working%20together.pdf

Domestic Violence and Abuse - Professional Guideline (Department of Health, June 2013) www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/211018/9576-TSO-Health_Visiting_Domestic_Violence_A3_Posters_WEB.pdf

Call to End Violence Against Women and Girls – Action Plan 2013 (Home Office, 2013) www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/97905/vawg-paper.pdf

NHS Commissioning Board Emergency Preparedness Framework 2013 (NHS Commissioning Board, 2013) www.england.nhs.uk/wp-content/uploads/2013/03/eprr-framework.pdf

Three Steps to Escaping Domestic Violence (Home Office, February 2012) www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/97924/english-3-steps.pdf

Commissioning Services for Women and Children Who Experience Violence and Abuse: A Guide for Health Commissioners (Department of Health, January 2011) www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/215634/dh_125903.pdf

Establishment of Regional Networks of Trauma Care (Department of Health, September 2010) www.dh.gov.uk/en/Publicationsandstatistics/Lettersandcirculars/Dearcolleagueletters/DH_119424

Improving Safety, Reducing Harm: Children, Young People and Domestic Violence. A Practical Toolkit for Front-line Professionals (Department of Health, November 2009) http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/20130107105354/http://www.dh.gov.uk/prod_consum_dh/groups/dh_digitalassets/@dh/@en/@ps/documents/digitalasset/dh_116914.pdf

Planning for the Psychosocial and Mental Health Care of People Affected by Major Incidents and Disasters: Interim National Strategic Guidance (Department Of Health, July 2009) www.coe.int/t/dg4/majorhazards/ressources/virtuallibrary/materials/uk/dh_103563.pdf

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 21: Relevant UK Policy Documents

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 113 -

Account No. 7 - Addictions and Eating Disorders

Commissioning Treatment for Dependence on Prescription and Over-The-Counter Medicines: A Guide for NHS and Local Authority Commissioners (Public Health England, June 2013) www.nta.nhs.uk/atm-guidance.aspx

Guidance on the Consumption of Alcohol by Children and Young People. A Report by the Chief Medical Officer (Department of Health, December 2009) www.cph.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2013/09/Guidance-on-the-consumption-of-alcohol-by-children-and-young-people.pdf

Eating Disorders (Postnote, 2007) www.parliament.uk/briefing-papers/POST-PN-287.pdf

Account No. 8 - Mental Health

Preventing Suicide in England – A Cross-Government Outcomes Strategy to Save Lives (Department of Health, September 2012). www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/216928/Preventing-Suicide-in-England-A-cross-government-outcomes-strategy-to-save-lives.pdf

Maternal Mental Health Pathway (Department of Health, August 2012) www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/212906/Maternal-mental-health-pathway-090812.pdf

Children and Young People’s Emotional Wellbeing and Mental Health National Support Team – The learning: ‘What good looks like’ (Department of Health, April 2011) www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/215628/dh_126004.pdf

The Economic Case for Improving Efficiency and Quality in Mental Health (Department of Health, February 2011) www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/215808/dh_123993.pdf

Talking Therapies: A 4 Year Plan of Action (Department of Health, February 2011) www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/213765/dh_123985.pdf

No Health Without Mental Health: A Cross-Government Mental Health Outcomes Strategy for People of All Ages (Department of Health, 2011) www.dh.gov.uk/en/Publicationsandstatistics/Publications/PublicationsPolicyAndGuidance/DH_123766

New Horizons: A Shared Vision for Mental Health (Department of Health, 2009) http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/+/www.dh.gov.uk/en/consultations/liveconsultations/dh_103144

Mental Health Act 2007 (Department of Health) http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/+/www.dh.gov.uk/en/Healthcare/Mentalhealth/DH_089882

Mental Health Act 1983 (Department of Health) http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/+/www.dh.gov.uk/en/publicationsandstatistics/legislation/actsandbills/dh_4002034

Account No. 9 - Neuro-disability and Rehabilitation

Department of Health Response to the MEND Association’s Correspondence Campaign for a National

Strategy for Motor Neurone Disease (Department of Health, October 2010)

http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/20130107105354/http://www.dh.gov.uk/prod_consum_dh/grou

ps/dh_digitalassets/documents/digitalasset/dh_120626.pdf

Response to the Formation of the All Party Parliamentary Group on Huntingdon’s Disease (Department

of Health, June 2010)

http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/+/www.dh.gov.uk/en/MediaCentre/Statements/DH_117108

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 21: Relevant UK Policy Documents

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 114 -

Getting The Best From Neurological Services: A Guide for People Affected by Conditions of the Brain,

Spine and Nervous System (Department of Health, January 2009)

http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/20130107105354/http://www.dh.gov.uk/prod_consum_dh/grou

ps/dh_digitalassets/documents/digitalasset/dh_093974.pdf

The National Service Framework for Long Term Neurological Conditions National Support for Local

Implementation (Department of Health, May 2008)

http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/20130107105354/http://www.dh.gov.uk/prod_consum_dh/grou

ps/dh_digitalassets/@dh/@en/documents/digitalasset/dh_084580.pdf

Account No. 10 - Cancer Care

Helping More People Survive Cancer (Department of Health, March 2013) www.gov.uk/government/policies/helping-more-people-survive-cancer

Improving Outcomes: A Strategy for Cancer - Second Annual Report, 2012 (Department of Health, March 2013) www.gov.uk/government/publications/the-national-cancer-strategy-second-annual-report

Improving Outcomes: A Strategy for Cancer - First Annual Report 2011 (Department of Health, December 2011) www.dh.gov.uk/en/Publicationsandstatistics/Publications/PublicationsPolicyAndGuidance/DH_131690

Commissioning Cancer Services (Department of Health, July 2011) www.gov.uk/government/publications/commissioning-cancer-services

Cancer Reform Strategy (Department of Health, December 2007) http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/20130107105354/http://www.dh.gov.uk/prod_consum_dh/groups/dh_digitalassets/documents/digitalasset/dh_081007.pdf

Account No. 11 - Elderly and Dementia Care

Improving Care for People at the End of their Life (Department of Health, March, 2013) www.gov.uk/government/policies/improving-care-for-people-at-the-end-of-their-life

End of Life Care Strategy: Fourth Annual Report (Department of Health, October 2012) www.gov.uk/government/publications/end-of-life-care-strategy-fourth-annual-report

National Dementia Strategy: Equalities Action Plan (Department of Health, July 2011) www.gov.uk/government/publications/national-dementia-strategy-equalities-action-plan

Aging Well (Department for Work and Pensions, 2010) www.dwp.gov.uk/policy/ageing-society/ageing-well/

Products, Tools and Aging Society (Department for Work and Pensions, 2010) www.dwp.gov.uk/policy/ageing-society/products-tools-goodpractice/

Full of Life (Department for Work and Pensions, 2010), www.dwp.gov.uk/policy/ageing-society/full-of-life/

Living Well with Dementia: A National Dementia Strategy (Department of Health, February 2009) www.dh.gov.uk/en/Publicationsandstatistics/Publications/PublicationsPolicyAndGuidance/DH_094058

End of Life Care Strategy: Promoting High Quality Care for Adults at the End of their Life (Department of Health, July 2008) www.gov.uk/government/publications/end-of-life-care-strategy-promoting-high-quality-care-for-adults-at-the-end-of-their-life

Health, Work and Well-Being - Caring for our Future: A Strategy for the Health and Well-Being of Working Age People (Department of Health, 2005) www.gov.uk/government/publications/health-work-and-wellbeing-caring-for-our-future

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 21: Relevant UK Policy Documents

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 115 -

Account No. 12 - Palliative and Bereavement Care

Improving Care for People at the End of their Life (Department of Health, March 2013) www.gov.uk/government/policies/improving-care-for-people-at-the-end-of-their-life

End of Life Care Strategy: Fourth Annual Report (Department of Health, October 2012) www.gov.uk/government/publications/end-of-life-care-strategy-fourth-annual-report

Palliative Care Funding Pilots 2012-2014 (Department of Health, November 2011) www.gov.uk/government/publications/palliative-care-funding-pilots-2012-14

Independent Palliative Care Funding Review (Department of Health, July 2011) www.dh.gov.uk/en/Publicationsandstatistics/Publications/PublicationsPolicyAndGuidance/DH_133100

Palliative Care Funding Review (Department of Health, July 2010) www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/215107/dh_133105.pdf

Help Is At Hand: A Resource for People Bereaved by Suicide and Other Sudden, Traumatic Death (Department of Health, April 2010) http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/20130107105354/http://www.dh.gov.uk/prod_consum_dh/groups/dh_digitalassets/@dh/@en/documents/digitalasset/dh_092247.pdf

End of Life Care Strategy: Promoting High Quality Care for Adults at the End of their Life (Department of Health, July 2008) www.gov.uk/government/publications/end-of-life-care-strategy-promoting-high-quality-care-for-adults-at-the-end-of-their-life

Palliative Care Statistics for Children and Young People (Department of Health, 2007) http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/20130107105354/http://www.dh.gov.uk/prod_consum_dh/groups/dh_digitalassets/@dh/@en/documents/digitalasset/dh_074699.pdf

When a Patient Dies: Advice on Improving Bereavement Services in the NHS (Department Of Health, 2005) www.ruh.nhs.uk/patients/advice_and_support/patient_affairs/documents/When_a_patient_dies.pdf

Account No. 13 - Neonatal, Paediatric and Maternal Care

Guidance on the Planning and Design of Neonatal Units (Department of Health, March 2013) www.gov.uk/government/publications/guidance-on-the-planning-and-design-of-neonatal-units

Guidance for the Planning and Design of Maternity Care Facilities (Department of Health, March 2013) www.gov.uk/government/publications/guidance-for-the-planning-and-design-of-maternity-care-facilities

Neonatal Guidelines (Staffordshire, Shropshire and Black Country Newborn Network, 2011) www.networks.nhs.uk/nhs-networks/staffordshire-shropshire-and-black-country-newborn/neonatal-guidelines

NICE Specialist Neonatal Care Quality Standard (October 2010) http://publications.nice.org.uk/specialist-neonatal-care-quality-standard-qs4

Service Standards for Hospitals Providing Neonatal Care (British Association of Perinatal Medicine, August 2010) www.bapm.org/publications/documents/guidelines/BAPM_Standards_Final_Aug2010.pdf

Policies to Support Practice Areas Caring for Neonates, Children and Young People (Royal College of Nursing, 2010) www.rcn.org.uk/__data/assets/pdf_file/0006/327903/003822.pdf

Account No. 14 - Prisons and Detainee Centres

Future Prisons: A Radical Plan to Reform the Prison Estate (Policy Exchange, 2013) www.policyexchange.org.uk/publications/category/item/future-prisons-a-radical-plan-to-reform-the-prison-estate

Improving Health, Supporting Justice (Department of Health, 2009) www.nhsconfed.org/Publications/briefings/2009-Briefings/Pages/Improving-Health-Supporting-Justice.aspx

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 21: Relevant UK Policy Documents

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 116 -

The Bradley Report: Lord Bradley’s Review of People with Mental Health Problems or Learning Disabilities in the Criminal Justice System (Department of Health, 2009) www.rcpsych.ac.uk/pdf/Bradley%20Report11.pdf

Prison Service Orders (Ministry of Justice, 2009) www.justice.gov.uk/offenders/psos

Volunteering: A Guide to Practice for Prisons (HM Prison Service, 2002) www.unlock.org.uk/userfiles/file/IAG/Volunteering_Guide_for_prisons.pdf

Account No. 15 – Medical Procedures

The NHS Constitution (March 2013) www.nhs.uk/choiceintheNHS/Rightsandpledges/NHSConstitution/Documents/2013/the-nhs-constitution-for-england-2013.pdf

NHS England Policies and Procedures for Primary Medical Services (Primary Care Commissioning, 2013), www.england.nhs.uk/wp-content/uploads/2013/10/pol-proc-med.pdf

The Patient Rights (Scotland) Act 2011 www.legislation.gov.uk/asp/2011/5/contents

NHS Consent to Treatment www.nhs.uk/conditions/consent-to-treatment/pages/introduction.aspx

Account No. 16 - Music Therapy and Technology

National Endowment for Science, Technology and the Arts (Department for Business Innovation and Skills, 2010) www.bis.gov.uk/policies/innovation/nesta

Account No. 17 - Music, Arts, Health and Society

Supporting Vibrant and Sustainable Arts and Culture (Department for Culture, Media and Sport, July 2013) www.culture.gov.uk/what_we_do/communities_and_local_government/6015.aspx

Supporting the Library Services Provided by Local Authorities and Making Sure there is a National Collection of Published Material (Department for Culture, Media, and Sport, April, 2013) www.gov.uk/government/policies/supporting-the-library-services-provided-by-local-authorities

Maintaining World-Leading National Museums and Galleries, and Supporting the Museum Sector (Department for Culture, Media, and Sport, February 2013) www.gov.uk/government/policies/maintaining-world-leading-national-museums-and-galleries-and-supporting-the-museum-sector

Protecting, Conserving and Providing Access to the Historic Environment in England (Department for Culture, Media, and Sport, February 2013) www.gov.uk/government/policies/protecting-conserving-and-providing-access-to-the-historic-environment-in-england

Account No. 18 - Research Ethics

Governance Arrangements for Research Ethics Committees: A Harmonised Edition (Department of Health, April 2012) www.gov.uk/government/publications/health-research-ethics-committees-governance-arrangements

DFID Ethics Principles for Research and Evaluation (Department for International Development, July 2011) www.gov.uk/government/publications/dfid-ethics-principles-for-research-and-evaluation

Guidance on Nominating a Consultee for Research Involving Adults who Lack Capacity to Consent (Department of Health, February 2008) http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/20130107105354/http://www.dh.gov.uk/prod_consum_dh/groups/dh_digitalassets/@dh/@en/documents/digitalasset/dh_083133.pdf

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 21: Relevant UK Policy Documents

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 117 -

Report from the Planning Group on Ethics Review in Social Care Research (Department of Health, December 2007) http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/20130107105354/http://www.dh.gov.uk/prod_consum_dh/groups/dh_digitalassets/@dh/@en/documents/digitalasset/dh_081433.pdf

Research Governance Framework for Health and Social Care: Second Edition (Department of Health, August 2005) www.gov.uk/government/publications/research-governance-framework-for-health-and-social-care-second-edition

Mental Capacity Act 2005 (Department of Health) www.gov.uk/government/collections/dh-mental-capacity-act-2005-deprivation-of-liberty-safeguards

Data Protection Act 1998: Guidelines for Social Research www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1998/29/contents

Account No. 19 - Research Methods and Research Methodologies

Governance Arrangements for Research Ethics Committees: A Harmonised Edition (Department of Health, April 2012) www.gov.uk/government/publications/health-research-ethics-committees-governance-arrangements

DFID Ethics Principles for Research and Evaluation (Department for International Development, July 2011) www.gov.uk/government/publications/dfid-ethics-principles-for-research-and-evaluation

Guidance on Nominating a Consultee for Research Involving Adults who Lack Capacity to Consent (Department of Health, February 2008) http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/20130107105354/http://www.dh.gov.uk/prod_consum_dh/groups/dh_digitalassets/@dh/@en/documents/digitalasset/dh_083133.pdf

Report From the Planning Group on Ethics Review in Social Care Research (Department of Health, December 2007) http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/20130107105354/http://www.dh.gov.uk/prod_consum_dh/groups/dh_digitalassets/@dh/@en/documents/digitalasset/dh_081433.pdf

Research Governance Framework for Health and Social Care: Second Edition (Department of Health, August 2005) www.gov.uk/government/publications/research-governance-framework-for-health-and-social-care-second-edition

Mental Capacity Act 2005 (Department of Health) www.gov.uk/government/collections/dh-mental-capacity-act-2005-deprivation-of-liberty-safeguards

Data Protection Act 1998: Guidelines For Social Research www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1998/29/contents

Account No. 20 - Training and Supervision

Improving the Quality of Teaching and Leadership (Department for Education, November 2013) www.gov.uk/government/policies/improving-the-quality-of-teaching-and-leadership

Standards of Education and Training (HPC, September 2009) www.hpc-uk.org/aboutregistration/standards/sets/index.asp

The Nordoff Robbins Evidence Bank Account No. 21: Relevant UK Policy Documents

Nordoff Robbins © February 2014 www.nordoff-robbins.org.uk - 118 -